Dag iedereen, Nog eens een tussentijdse stand van zaken. Momenteel is 25% van de handleiding naar het Nederlands vertaald. Vriendelijke groet, Frans Spiesschaert
# Dutch translation of debian-edu-wheezy-manual.pot
# release-manual for debian edu
# Source URL : https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Wheezy
# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others
# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package.
#
# Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-28 19:29-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-12 18:26+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article>
msgid "en"
msgstr "nl"
#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Wheezy 7.1+edu0 Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu/Skolelinux Wheezy 7.1+edu0 handleiding"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy"
msgstr "Handleiding voor Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 codenaam Wheezy"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png"
msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Debian Edu login"
msgstr "Aanmelden bij Debian Edu"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu Wheezy 7.1+edu0 release."
msgstr "Dit is de handleiding voor de uitgave van Debian Edu Wheezy 7.1+edu0."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/";
"Wheezy\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"De (Engelstalige) wikipagina <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/";
"Documentation/Wheezy\"/> bevat de originele versie die regelmatig bijgewerkt "
"wordt."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be "
"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.";
"skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Vertalingen</link> maken deel uit van het "
"pakket "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, dat op een webserver "
"geïnstalleerd kan worden en ook <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.";
"no/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink> beschikbaar is."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Over Debian Edu en Skolelinux"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing "
"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network."
msgstr ""
"Debian Edu, ook bekend onder de naam Skolelinux, is een op Debian "
"gebaseerde Linuxdistributie. Ze biedt een gebruiksklare omgeving voor een "
"volledig geconfigureerd schoolnetwerk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Immediatly after installation a school server running all services needed "
"for a school network is set up (see the next chapter <link linkend="
"\"Architecture\">details of the architecture of this setup</link>), just "
"waiting for users and machines being added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, "
"or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment is prepared using PXE, so "
"after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blue-ray disc or USB "
"flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this "
"includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the "
"school network, usually laptops or netbooks) as well as PXE booting for "
"diskless machines like traditional thin-clients."
msgstr ""
"Onmiddellijk na de installatie heeft u een schoolserver ter beschikking "
"waarop alle benodigde diensten voor een schoolnetwerk draaien. (Raadpleeg "
"voor "
"details het volgende hoofdstuk over <link linkend=\"Architecture\">de "
"architectuur<"
"/link> van het systeem). Nadien moeten enkel nog gebruikers en machines "
"toegevoegd worden via GOsa², een handige webinterface, of via een andere "
"LDAP-editor. Nadat u de hoofdserver met behulp van een CD, een blu-rayschijf "
"of een USB-stick hebt geïnstalleerd, zorgt PXE ervoor dat de server een "
"opstartomgeving ter beschikking stelt die toelaat om alle overige computers "
"over het netwerk te installeren. Dit geldt zowel voor mobiele werkstations "
"(zoals laptops en netbooks die men uit het netwerk mee kan nemen), als voor "
"de schijfloze machines, zoals traditionele thin clients, die telkens via PXE "
"opstarten."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Several educational applications like celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium, "
"kgeography, solfege and scratch are included in the default desktop setup, "
"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe."
msgstr ""
"Diverse educatieve toepassingen, zoals celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium, "
"kgeography, solfege en scratch, maken deel uit van een standaardinstallatie. "
"Deze kan eenvoudig en bijna onbegrensd uitgebreid worden met in Debian "
"beschikbare softwarepakketten."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Some history and why two names"
msgstr "Ontstaansgeschiedenis en verantwoording voor een dubbele naam."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\";>Skolelinux</ulink> is a Linux "
"distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=\"http://";
"wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> distribution "
"it is an official <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\";>Debian</ulink> "
"subproject."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\";>Skolelinux</ulink> is een "
"Linuxdistributie die door het Debian Edu project gemaakt wordt. Als een "
"zogenaamde <ulink url=\"http://";
"wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> distributie "
"heeft ze de status van officieel subproject van <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.debian.org\";>Debian</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-"
"network."
msgstr ""
"Dit houdt in dat Skolelinux een versie van Debian ter beschikking stelt van "
"uw "
"school die een gebruiksklare omgeving biedt voor een volledig geconfigureerd "
"schoolnetwerk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on Juli 2nd 2001 and about the "
"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both "
"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and "
"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions."
msgstr ""
"Op 2 juli 2001 ging in Noorwegen het Skolelinux project van start en ongeveer "
"gelijktijdig begon Raphaël Hertzog in Frankrijk met Debian-Edu. Sinds 2003 "
"zijn beide projecten eengemaakt. Beide benamingen bleven behouden omdat "
"\"Skole\" en "
"(Debian-)\"Education\" in de betrokken landen goed ingeburgerde termen zijn."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The main target group in Norway initially were schools serving the 6-16 "
"years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around "
"the world, with most installations in Norway, Spain, Germany and France."
msgstr ""
"In Noorwegen bestond de doelgroep van het project oorspronkelijk uit scholen "
"voor leerlingen van 6 tot 16 jaar. Tegenwoordig wordt het systeem gebruikt in "
"verschillende landen over de hele wereld. Het is al het meest ingeburgerd in "
"Noorwegen, Spanje, Duitsland en Frankrijk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architectuur"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
msgstr ""
"Dit hoofdstuk behandelt de netwerkarchitectuur en de diensten die door een "
"installatie van Skolelinux geboden worden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Netwerk"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Wheezy.png"
msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Wheezy.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "The Debian Edu network topology"
msgstr "Netwerktopologie van Debian Edu"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and thin-client-"
"servers (with associated thin-clients and/or diskless workstations). The "
"number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from "
"none to a lot). The same goes for the thin-client servers, each of which is "
"on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the thin-"
"client server doesn't affect the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
"De afbeelding schetst het schema van de veronderstelde netwerktopologie. De "
"standaardopstelling van een Skolelinux netwerk veronderstelt dat er één (en "
"slechts één) hoofdserver is, die het toevoegen mogelijk maakt van gewone "
"werkstations en thin-clientservers (met de ermee verbonden thin clients en/of "
"schijfloze werkstations). Het aantal werkstations kan zo groot of zo klein "
"zijn al u wenst (gaande van nul tot zeer veel). Het zelfde geldt voor de "
"thin-clientservers, die elk op een apart netwerk zitten, zodat het verkeer "
"tussen de clients en de thin-clientserver de andere netwerkdiensten niet "
"hindert."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
"subsequently updating the DNS-configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
"service to the right computer."
msgstr ""
"De reden waarom er in elk schoolnetwerk slechts één hoofdserver kan zijn is "
"het feit dat de hoofdserver DHCP aanbiedt. Per netwerk mag slechts één "
"machine dat doen. Het is mogelijk om bepaalde diensten van de hoofdserver "
"naar andere machines te verplaatsen door die dienst op een andere machine te "
"installeren en te configureren. Nadien moet de DNS-configuratie daaraan "
"aangepast worden, zodat de DNS-alias voor die dienst naar de juiste machine "
"verwijst."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
"both a modem and an ISDN connection; however, no attempt is made to make "
"such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
"the default situation to this should be documented separately)."
msgstr ""
"Om de standaardconfiguratie van Skolelinux zo eenvoudig mogelijk te houden, "
"wordt de verbinding met het internet door een afzonderlijke router verzorgd. "
"Hoewel het ook mogelijk is om Debiancomputer zowel via een modem als via een "
"ISDN-verbinding toegang tot het internet te verlenen, was het niet onze "
"bedoeling om een dergelijke configuratie binnen Skolelinux automatisch "
"mogelijk te maken. De aanpassingen aan de standaardsituatie die hiervoor "
"nodig zijn, vereisen aparte instructies."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "The default network setup"
msgstr "De standaard netwerkconfiguratie"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"DHCPD on Tjener serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a syslinux menu via "
"PXE-boot where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, "
"boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the "
"local hard disk."
msgstr ""
"De DHCP-server van Tjener bedient het 10.0.0.0/8 netwerk en biedt er de "
"computers via PXE een syslinux opstartmenu aan. Dit laat de keuze uit: een "
"nieuwe server/werkstation installeren, een thin client of een schijfloos "
"werkstation opstarten, memtest uitvoeren, of de computer vanaf de lokale "
"harde schijf opstarten"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in "
"syslinux point to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-server "
"option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from the "
"terminal server."
msgstr ""
"Deze initiële opzet is bedoeld om te worden aangepast. Dit betekent dat u de "
"NFS-root in syslinux kan laten wijzen naar één van de LTSP-servers of dat u "
"via het instellen van de next-server optie van DHCP (opgeslagen in LDAP) "
"clients rechtstreeks via PXE kan laten opstarten van de terminalserver."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"DHCPD on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second "
"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and "
"should seldom need to be changed."
msgstr ""
"Op de LTSP-servers bedient de DHCP-server via de tweede netwerkkaart enkel "
"een gereserveerd netwerk (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 zijn de "
"voorgeconfigureerde opties). Hieraan zijn slechts uitzonderlijk aanpassingen "
"nodig."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP."
msgstr "De configuratie van alle subnetwerken ligt in LDAP opgeslagen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Main server (tjener)"
msgstr "Hoofdserver (tjener)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is "
"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address "
"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the main server profile. It's "
"possible (but not required) to also select and install the thin-client-"
"server and workstation profiles in addition to the main server profile."
msgstr ""
"Een netwerk van Skolelinux heeft één hoofdserver (ook \"tjener\" genaamd, wat "
"Noors is "
"voor \"server\") die standaard het IP-adres 10.0.2.2 heeft en geïnstalleerd "
"wordt door te kiezen voor het profiel hoofdserver. Het is mogelijk (maar niet "
"vereist) om naast het profiel hoofdserver ook de profielen thin-clientserver "
"en werkstation te selecteren en te installeren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Diensten van de hoofdserver"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
"reasons, the thin-client-server should be a separate machine (though it is "
"possible to install both the main server and thin-client server profiles on "
"the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are "
"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move "
"individual services from the main-server to a different machine, by simply "
"stopping the service on the main-server, and changing the DNS configuration "
"to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that "
"machine first, of course)."
msgstr ""
"Behalve het beheer van de thin clients, worden initieel alle diensten "
"geïnstalleerd op één centrale computer (de hoofdserver). Met het oog op "
"prestatiebevordering is het aangewezen dat de thin-clientserver op een aparte "
"machine draait (hoewel het mogelijk is om zowel het profiel hoofdserver als "
"het profiel thin-clientserver op één en dezelfde machine te installeren). "
"Alle diensten krijgen een eigen DNS-naam toegewezen en worden exclusief over "
"IPv4 aangeboden. De toegewezen DNS-naam maakt het eenvoudig om individuele "
"diensten van de hoofdserver te verplaatsen naar een andere machine. Daarvoor "
"dient u gewoon die dienst op de hoofdserver te stoppen en de DNS-configuratie "
"zodanig aan te passen dat naar de nieuwe locatie van de dienst verwezen wordt "
"(uiteraard moet die dienst eerst op die andere machine geïnstalleerd worden)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain "
"text."
msgstr ""
"Uit veiligheidsoverwegingen worden alle verbindingen waarover wachtwoorden "
"verzonden worden, versleuteld. Geen enkel wachtwoord wordt als platte tekst "
"over het netwerk verzonden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration "
"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus "
"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an "
"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use."
msgstr ""
"Hieronder vindt u een tabel met alle diensten die standaard geïnstalleerd "
"worden in een netwerk van Skolelinux en hun respectieve DNS-naam. Zo mogelijk "
"draagt elk configuratiebestand de naam van de dienst (met weglating van de "
"domeinnaam) waarnaar het verwijst. Dit maakt het scholen gemakkelijk om "
"wijzigingen aan te brengen aan hun domeinnaam (als ze over een eigen "
"DNS-domein beschikken) of aan de IP-adressen die ze gebruiken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Table of services</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Lijst van diensten</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beschrijving van de dienst</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gebruikelijke naam</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-naam van de dienst</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Centralised Logging"
msgstr "Centraal logboek"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "rsyslog"
msgstr "rsyslog"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "syslog"
msgstr "syslog"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Domain Name Service"
msgstr "Systeem van domeinnamen"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "DNS (BIND)"
msgstr "DNS (BIND)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "domain"
msgstr "domain"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines"
msgstr "Automatische netwerkconfiguratie van machines"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "bootps"
msgstr "bootps"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Clock Synchronisation"
msgstr "Synchronisatie van de systeemtijd"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "NTP"
msgstr "NTP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ntp"
msgstr "ntp"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System"
msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen via een netwerkbestandssysteem"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "SMB / NFS"
msgstr "SMB / NFS"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "homes"
msgstr "homes"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Electronic Post Office"
msgstr "Elektronische post"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)"
msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "postoffice"
msgstr "postoffice"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Directory Service"
msgstr "Registerdienst"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "OpenLDAP"
msgstr "OpenLDAP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ldap"
msgstr "ldap"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "GOsa²"
msgstr "GOsa²"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "---"
msgstr "---"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Web Server"
msgstr "Webserver"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Apache/PHP"
msgstr "Apache/PHP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "www"
msgstr "www"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Central Backup"
msgstr "Centrale reservekopie"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php"
msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "backup"
msgstr "backup"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Web Cache"
msgstr "Webcache"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Proxy (Squid)"
msgstr "Proxy (Squid)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "webcache"
msgstr "webcache"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Printing"
msgstr "Afdrukken"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "CUPS"
msgstr "CUPS"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ipp"
msgstr "ipp"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Secure Remote Login"
msgstr "Veilig aanmelden op afstand"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr "OpenSSH"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ssh"
msgstr "ssh"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Automatic Configuration"
msgstr "Automatische configuratie"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Cfengine"
msgstr "Cfengine"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "cfengine"
msgstr "cfengine"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Thin Client Server/s"
msgstr "Thin-clientserver/s"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "LTSP"
msgstr "LTSP"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ltsp"
msgstr "ltsp"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email"
msgstr ""
"Toezicht op diensten en machines met foutmelding, evenals status en "
"geschiedenis op het web. Foutrapportage per e-mail"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "munin, nagios and site-summary"
msgstr "munin, nagios and site-summary"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are "
"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all "
"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine "
"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via "
"NFS for Unix clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
msgstr ""
"De persoonlijke bestanden van iedere gebruiker worden in diens thuismap "
"opgeslagen. De server stelt die thuismappen ter beschikking, zodat men er "
"vanop elke machine toegang toe heeft. Zo hebben gebruikers toegang tot "
"dezelfde bestanden, ongeacht de machine die ze gebruiken. De server werkt "
"platformonafhankelijk en geeft gebruikers op Unix clients via NFS toegang tot "
"hun bestanden, terwijl gebruikers op Windows- en Macintoshclients via SMB "
"toegang tot hun bestanden krijgen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, "
"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has "
"a permanent Internet connection. Mailing lists are set up based on the user "
"database, giving each class their own mailing list. Clients are set up to "
"deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend="
"\"Users--Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP."
msgstr ""
"Standaard werd de mailserver ingesteld om enkel lokale post te bedelen, dit "
"wil zeggen binnen de school. Nochtans kan de server ook ingesteld worden om "
"postbedeling over het internet toe te laten indien de school over een "
"permanente internetverbinding beschikt. Op basis van de lijst van gebruikers "
"worden mailinglijsten aangemaakt, zodat iedere klas over zijn eigen "
"mailinglijst kan beschikken. Clients worden geconfigureerd om e-mail bij de "
"server af te leveren (via 'smarthost'), en gebruikers kunnen <link linkend="
"\"Users--Using_email\">hun persoonlijke e-mail raadplegen</link> via IMAP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorisation."
msgstr ""
"Alle diensten kunnen gebruikt worden met dezelfde gebruikersnaam en hetzelfde "
"wachtwoord, dankzij de centrale gegevensbank voor authenticatie en "
"autorisatie."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"Om een beter prestatieniveau te bereiken, slaat een proxy-server vaak "
"bezochte webpagina's lokaal op (Squid). In combinatie met de mogelijkheid om "
"via de router bepaalde webtrafiek te blokkeren, biedt dit kansen om controle "
"te houden over de toegang tot het internet van individuele machines."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.0.0/8, "
"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding thin-client-server via "
"the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network "
"traffic of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network "
"services)."
msgstr ""
"De netwerkconfiguratie van de clientcomputers gebeurt automatisch met behulp "
"van DHCP. Gewone clientcomputers krijgen een IP-adres toegewezen uit het "
"private subnet 10.0.0.0/8, terwijl thin clients verbonden zijn met hun "
"overeenkomstige thin-clientserver via het afzonderlijke subnet 192.168.0.0/24 "
"(dit is om te kunnen garanderen dat het netwerkverkeer van de thin clients "
"niet interfereert met het overige netwerkverkeer)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
"incoming messages from the local network."
msgstr ""
"De centrale logboekdienst is zo geconfigureerd dat alle machines hun "
"systeemlogboekberichten (syslog) naar de server zenden. De "
"systeemlogboekdienst is ingesteld om enkel inkomende berichten van het lokale "
"netwerk te aanvaarden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
"can use it as the main DNS Server."
msgstr ""
"De DNS-server wordt standaard vooringesteld met een domein voor uitsluitend "
"intern gebruik (*.intern), totdat een echt (\"extern\") domein geconfigureerd "
"kan worden. De DNS-server werkt als een cacheserver voor DNS, waardoor alle "
"machines van het netwerk hem kunnen gebruiker als hun DNS-hoofdserver."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will "
"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
"programmable on the server side."
msgstr ""
"Leerlingen en leerkrachten krijgen de mogelijkheid om een website te "
"publiceren. De webserver beschikt over een mechanisme voor de authenticatie "
"van gebruikers en om de toegang tot bepaalde webpagina's of tot submappen "
"voor te behouden voor bepaalde gebruikers of gebruikersgroepen. Voor "
"gebruikers is het mogelijk om dynamische webpagina's te maken, aangezien de "
"webserver in functie daarvan programmeerbaar is."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will "
"have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To "
"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, "
"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
"which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups "
"and mailing lists."
msgstr ""
"Informatie over gebruikers en machines kan op één centrale plaats aangepast "
"worden, en wordt automatisch toegankelijk gemaakt voor alle computers op het "
"netwerk. In functie hiervan wordt een centrale registerdienst ontplooid. Het "
"register bevat informatie over gebruikers, over gebruikersgroepen, over "
"machines en over groepen van machines. Om bij gebruikers geen verwarring te "
"zaaien, worden bestandsgroepen, mailinglijsten en netwerkgroepen op geen "
"enkele manier verschillend behandeld. Dit heeft tot gevolg dat groepen van "
"computers die samen een netwerkgroep vormen, dezelfde naamruimte gebruiken "
"als gebruikersgroepen en mailinglijsten."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow "
"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part "
"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user "
"groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
"Het beheer van diensten en gebruikers gebeurt hoofdzakelijk via het web en "
"volgt daarbij vastgelegde standaarden die goed functioneren in de met "
"Skolelinux meegeleverde webbrowsers. Het administratiesysteem laat toe om "
"bepaalde taken te delegeren naar individuele gebruikers of naar "
"gebruikersgroepen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this "
"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) "
"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the "
"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against "
"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct "
"time."
msgstr ""
"Om mogelijke problemen met NFS te voorkomen en om het oplossen ervan te "
"vergemakkelijken, moet de klok op elke machine gesynchroniseerd zijn. Daarom "
"fungeert de Skolelinux server als een NTP-server (Network Time Protocol) voor "
"het lokale netwerk. Van hun kant worden alle werkstations en clientcomputers "
"ingesteld om hun klok met die van de server. De server zelf tracht zijn eigen "
"klok via NTP te synchroniseren met machines op het internet. Dit garandeert "
"een correcte tijdsaanduiding binnen het ganse netwerk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main "
"network, or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access "
"to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups "
"they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
"printers."
msgstr ""
"Printers kunnen geplaatst worden waar dit het meest praktisch is. Ze kunnen "
"ofwel rechtstreeks op het hoofdnetwerk aangesloten worden of aangekoppeld "
"worden aan een server, een werkstation of een thin-clientserver. Het recht "
"van gebruikers om toegang te hebben tot een printer, kan ingesteld worden op "
"basis van de gebruikersgroepen waartoe zij behoren. Zowel het instellen van "
"toegangsrechten als een quotaregeling zijn mogelijk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP server(s) (Thin client server(s))"
msgstr "LTSP-servers (Thin-clientservers)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers (also called thin client "
"servers), which are installed by selecting the Thin client server profile."
msgstr ""
"Een netwerk van Skolelinux kan meerdere LTSP-servers (ook thin-clientservers "
"genaamd) bevatten. Men zet een thin-clientserver op door bij de installatie "
"het thin-clientserverprofiel te selecteren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The thin client servers are set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
"Thin-clientservers staan ingesteld om systeemlogboekberichten (syslog) te "
"ontvangen van de thin clients en om die door te sturen naar de centrale "
"systeemlogboekdienst."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Thin clients"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This "
"means that the machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server "
"using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard drive. The "
"thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
msgstr ""
"Een thin-clientopstelling laat toe om eenvoudige PC's te gebruiken als "
"(X-)terminals. Dit houdt in dat de machine wordt opgestart met een diskette "
"of rechtstreeks vanaf de server met behulp van netwerk-PROM (of PXE) zonder "
"gebruik te maken van de lokale harde schijf. Het thin-clientsysteem dat "
"Skolelinux gebruikt, is dat van het Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the "
"service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the "
"network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP server, and "
"finally the X Window System is started. The display manager (LDM) connects "
"to the LTSP server via SSH with X-forwarding. This way all data is encrypted "
"on the network. For very old thin clients which are too slow for the "
"encryption this can be set to the behavior from former versions, which is to "
"use a direct X connection via XDMCP."
msgstr ""
"Het thin-clientsysteem is een goede manier om nuttig gebruik te kunnen maken "
"van oudere en weinig krachtige machines, aangezien alle programma's die zij "
"uitvoeren op de LTSP-server draaien. Dit gaat als volgt in zijn werk: de "
"thin-clientdienst maakt gebruik van DHCP and TFTP om de thin client een "
"verbinding te laten maken met het netwerk en op te starten over het netwerk. "
"Nadien wordt via NFS vanaf de LTPS-server het bestandssysteem aangekoppeld, "
"en tenslotte wordt het X-Windowsysteem gestart. Via SSH met X-forwarding "
"maakt het grafisch aanmeldscherm (LDM) verbinding met de LTSP-server. Op die "
"manier verloopt alle netwerkverkeer versleuteld. Voor heel oude thin clients "
"die te traag zijn om encryptie toe te laten, kan men teruggrijpen naar een "
"vroegere werkwijze. Men gebruikt dan een directe X-verbinding via XDMCP."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Schijfloze werkstations"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For diskless workstations the terms \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat "
"clients\" or \"half-thick clients\" are also used. For the sake of clarity "
"this manual sticks to the term \"diskless workstations\"."
msgstr ""
"Schijfloze werkstations worden ook wel eens configuratieloze werkstations "
"genoemd. Ook termen als \"lowfat clients\" of \"half-thick clients\" worden "
"gebruikt om dergelijke machines aan te duiden. Voor de duidelijkheid houden "
"we het in deze handleiding op \"schijfloos werkstation.\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot directly "
"from the server's hard drive without running software installed on a local "
"hard drive."
msgstr ""
"Een schijfloos werkstation voert alle programma's uit op de PC, evenwel "
"zonder dat er lokaal een besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd is. Dit houdt in dat "
"een clientcomputer rechtstreeks opstart vanaf de harde schijf van de server, "
"een geen software nodig heeft die op de lokale harde schijf geïnstalleerd "
"werd."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing newer hardware with "
"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered "
"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on "
"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server "
"too."
msgstr ""
"Het systeem van schijfloze werkstations is zeer geschikt om meer recente "
"hardware te gebruiken met een even lage onderhoudskost als met thin clients "
"het geval is. Software wordt beheerd en onderhouden op de server en er dient "
"op de clientcomputers geen software geïnstalleerd te worden. Persoonlijke "
"mappen en systeeminstellingen worden op de server opgeslagen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
msgstr ""
"Schijfloze werkstations werden met versie 5.0 een onderdeel van het Linux "
"Terminal Server "
"Project (LTSP)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Networked clients"
msgstr "Netwerkclients"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running Mac OS or "
"Windows."
msgstr ""
"De term \"netwerkclients\" wordt in deze handleiding gebruikt om te verwijzen "
"naar thin clients, schijfloze werkstations en naar computers die onder Mac OS "
"of onder Windows draaien."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Beheer"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will "
"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be "
"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to "
"the machines."
msgstr ""
"Alle Linuxmachines die met behulp van het installatieprogramma van Skolelinux "
"geïnstalleerd werden, kunnen vanaf een centrale computer, meestal de centrale "
"server, beheerd worden. Men kan zich via SSH bij alle machines aanmelden en "
"er volledige toegang toe krijgen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
"suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automation distribute "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"Wij gebruiken cfengine om configuratiebestanden te bewerken. Deze bestanden "
"worden door de server op de clients geactualiseerd. Om de configuratie van "
"clientcomputers te wijzigen, volstaat het dus om het configuratiebestand op "
"de server te bewerken. Dit wordt vervolgens automatisch naar de "
"clientcomputers overgezet."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user "
"authentication."
msgstr ""
"Alle gebruikersgegevens worden bijgehouden in een LDAP-register. Aanpassingen "
"aan gebruikersaccounts worden in die gegevensbank ingevoerd. Clientcomputers "
"doen erop beroep voor de authenticatie van gebruikers."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installatie"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinstall (CD) "
"and multi-arch USB flash drive. Both images can also be booted from USB "
"sticks."
msgstr ""
"Momenteel zijn images beschikbaar van twee soorten installatiemedia: een "
"netinstall cd-image een een multi-arch USB flash drive image. Met beide "
"images kan men ook een computer opstarten vanaf een USB-stick."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type medium once, and "
"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network."
msgstr ""
"Het idee is dat men een server moet kunnen installeren met behulp van om het "
"even welk installatiemedium en dat alle andere clients over het netwerk "
"geïnstalleerd worden door ze vanaf het netwerk te laten opstarten."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation."
msgstr ""
"Enkel bij het netinstall cd-image heeft men toegang tot het internet nodig "
"tijdens het installatieproces."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
"workstation, thin client server). All other configuration will be set up "
"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location "
"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
msgstr ""
"Tijdens de installatie moet geen enkele vraag beantwoord worden, met "
"uitzondering van de gewenste taal (bijvoorbeeld Noors Bokmål, Nynorsk, Sami, "
"Nederlands) en het te installeren machineprofiel (server, werkstation, "
"thin-cientserver). De rest van de configuratie wordt automatisch ingesteld op "
"de meest voorkomende waarden. Na installatie kan de systeembeheerder deze "
"instellingen zonodig aanpassen vanaf een centrale plaats."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie van de toegang tot het bestandssysteem"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to "
"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
"anyone but the user."
msgstr ""
"Aan ieder gebruikersaccount van Skolelinux wordt een deel van het "
"bestandssysteem op de bestandsserver toegewezen. Dit deel (de persoonlijke "
"map) bevat de configuratiebestanden, de documenten, de e-mails en de "
"webpagina's van die gebruiker. Op sommige van die bestanden moeten andere "
"gebruikers op het systeem leesrechten hebben, op sommige moet iedereen op het "
"internet leesrechten hebben en op sommige mag enkel de gebruiker zelf "
"leesrechten hebben."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</"
"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, "
"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user "
"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to "
"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
msgstr ""
"Om een unieke naam te kunnen garanderen voor alle schijven die gebruikt "
"worden voor de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers of voor gedeelde mappen en "
"die verspreid kunnen zijn over de verschillende computers van het "
"schoolnetwerk, kan men ze aankoppelen als <computeroutput>"
"/skole/host/directory/ (d.w.z. /skole/computernaam/mapnaam/) </computeroutput>"
". Tijdens de installatie wordt op de bestandsserver één map gemaakt, <"
"computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, waaronder alle "
"persoonlijke mappen aangemaakt worden. Extra mappen kunnen naar behoefte "
"aangemaakt worden, naargelang de noden van specifieke gebruikersgroepen of "
"van specifieke vormen van gebruik."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, "
"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as "
"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have "
"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or "
"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the "
"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file "
"sharing between the members of a group."
msgstr ""
"Opdat een gedeelde toegang tot bestanden binnen het in UNIX gangbare systeem "
"van toegangsrechten mogelijk zou zijn, moeten gebruikers deel uitmaken van "
"bijkomende gemeenschappelijke groepen (zoals \"studenten\") naast de primaire "
"persoonlijke groep waartoe ze standaard behoren. Indien voor gebruikers een "
"passende umask (002 of 007) geldt zodat de nieuwe bestanden die zij aanmaken, "
"voor hun groep toegankelijk gemaakt worden, en indien voor de mappen waarin "
"zij werken de setgid bit ingesteld staat zodat de bestanden erin aan de "
"juiste groep toegewezen worden, krijgt men een gecontroleerd systeem van "
"bestandsdeling tussen de leden van een welbepaalde groep."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. "
"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as "
"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files "
"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by "
"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing "
"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of "
"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to "
"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and "
"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the "
"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the "
"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material "
"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this "
"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are "
"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely "
"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive "
"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want "
"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration "
"issues)."
msgstr ""
"Welke de initiële toegangsrechten van een nieuw aangemaakt bestand zijn, is "
"een kwestie van beleidskeuzes. In Debian is de umask standaard 022 (hetgeen "
"groepstoegang zoals hierboven beschreven onmogelijk zou maken). Debian Edu "
"daarentegen gebruikt een umask van 002. Dit betekent dat bestanden aangemaakt "
"worden met leesrechten voor iedereen. Die kunnen nadien teniet gedaan worden "
"mits uitdrukkelijke actie door de gebruiker. Deze werkwijze kan bijgestuurd "
"worden (door in het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session<"
"/computeroutput>) de umask op 007 te zetten. Dit houdt in: initieel geen "
"leestoegang en de gebruiker moet actie ondernemen om zijn bestanden "
"toegankelijk te maken voor lezen door iedereen. De eerste benadering moedigt "
"het delen van kennis aan en maakt het systeem transparanter, terwijl de "
"tweede benadering het risico op het verspreiden van gevoelige informatie "
"vermindert. Het zwakke punt van de eerste benadering is dat het voor de "
"gebruiker niet duidelijk is dat het materiaal dat hij aanmaakt, voor alle "
"andere gebruikers toegankelijk is. Hij kan dit enkel ontdekken door te gaan "
"kijken in de persoonlijke mappen van andere gebruikers en vast te stellen dat "
"hij die bestanden kan inkijken. Bij de tweede benadering bestaat het zwakke "
"punt erin dat slechts weinig mensen geneigd zullen zijn om hun bestanden voor "
"anderen open te stellen, zelfs al bevatten ze geen gevoelige informatie en "
"zou hun inhoud nuttig kunnen zijn om de nieuwsgierigheid te prikkelen van "
"gebruikers naar hoe anderen bepaalde problemen opgelost hebben (in het "
"bijzonder de aanpak inzake configuraties)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Vereisten"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many "
"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the "
"configuration of network components, servers and client machines."
msgstr ""
"Skolelinux biedt keuze uit verschillende mogelijke opstellingen. Het kan "
"geïnstalleerd worden op slechts één losstaande computer, maar het kan ook een "
"grootschalige centraal beheerde oplossing bieden aan een groep scholen in een "
"bepaalde regio. Deze flexibiliteit vertaalt zich in grote verschillen inzake "
"de configuratie van netwerkcomponenten, servers en clientmachines."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Hardware requirements"
msgstr "Vereisten inzake apparatuur"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend="
"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter."
msgstr ""
"De betekenis van de verschillende profielen werd verduidelijkt in het "
"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architectuur van het netwerk</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386 or amd64 "
"processors."
msgstr ""
"Om Debian Edu / Skolelinux te kunnen draaien moeten computers uitgerust zijn "
"met een processor van het type i386 of amd64."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Thin client servers need two network cards when using the default network "
"architecture:"
msgstr ""
"Als men de standaardarchitectuur voor het netwerk aanhoudt, moet men "
"thin-clientservers uitrusten met twee netwerkkaarten:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8),"
msgstr "eth0 is verbonden met het hoofdnetwerk (10.0.0.0/8),"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"eth1 is used for serving the thin-clients (192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.1.0/24)."
msgstr ""
"eth1 wordt gebruikt om de thin clients (192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.1.0/24) te "
"bedienen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Consider 2 GB RAM for 30 clients and 4 GB RAM for 50-60 clients."
msgstr ""
"Voorzie 2 GB RAM in het geval van 30 clients en 4 GB RAM bij 50-60 clients."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk larger than 25 "
"GiB will be sufficient for a workstation or standalone installation, 30 Gib "
"for a thin-client server and at least 40 GiB on the main server. As usual "
"with disk space on a main-server, it's \"the bigger the better\"."
msgstr ""
"De vereisten inzake beschikbare opslagruimte zijn afhankelijk van de "
"gebruikte profielen, maar elke schijf groter dan 25 GiB zou moeten volstaan "
"voor een werkstation of een losstaande installatie, 30 GiB voor een "
"thin-clientserver en tenminste 40 GiB voor de hoofdserver. Zoals gewoonlijk "
"met betrekking tot opslagruimte op een hoofdserver, geldt ook hier \"hoe "
"meer, hoe beter.\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Thin clients can run on as low as 64 MiB RAM and 133 MHz processor, though "
"128 MiB RAM and somewhat faster processors are recommended."
msgstr ""
"Thin clients hebben minimaal 64 MB RAM nodig en een processor van 133 MHz, "
"hoewel 128 MB RAM en een iets snellere processor toch aangewezen zijn."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For running Iceweasel/Firefox and LibreOffice, 128 MiB RAM is a minimum "
"requirement."
msgstr ""
"Om Iceweasel/Firefox en LibreOffice te kunnen uitvoeren is 128 MB RAM een "
"minimum "
"vereiste."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone PCs, 800 MHz, 320 MiB "
"RAM are minimum requirements, though 512 or 1024 MiB RAM will perform "
"considerably better. Just a faster CPU will speed things up."
msgstr ""
"Voor werkstations, schijfloze werkstations en losstaande PC's gelden de "
"volgende minimumvereisten: 800 MHz processorsnelheid en 320 MB RAM. Maar 512 "
"of 1024 MB RAM-geheugen zal tot aanzienlijk betere prestaties leiden, net "
"zoals een krachtigere CPU de verwerkingssnelheid de hoogte zal injagen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Swapping over the network is automatically enabled; the swap size is 512 "
"MiB, and if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd."
"conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable. Please <emphasis>tune up the swap "
"size</emphasis> either locally on the PC or on the server."
msgstr ""
"Wisselgeheugen (swap) wordt automatisch over het netwerk ter beschikking "
"gesteld. De grootte van het wisselgeheugen staat ingesteld op 512 MB. Indien "
"meer wisselgeheugen wenselijk is, kunt u dit aanpassen door in het bestand "
"/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf op tjener de variabele SIZE bij te stellen. Gelieve <"
"emphasis>de grootte van het wisselgeheugen te verhogen</emphasis> ofwel "
"lokaal op de PC of op de server."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If your diskless workstations have hard drives, it is recommended to use "
"them for swap as it is a lot faster than network swapping."
msgstr ""
"Indien u over schijfloze werkstations beschikt die wel degelijk een harde "
"schijf hebben, is het aanbevolen om die als wisselgeheugen te gebruiken omdat "
"dit sneller werkt dan het gebruik van wisselgeheugen over het netwerk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"On workstations with little RAM the spell checker can cause LibreOffice to "
"hang if the swap space is too small. Then the system administrator has to "
"disable the spell checker on LibreOffice or students have to kill "
"LibreOffice, resulting in loss of work. Enabling at least 512 MiB swap on a "
"320 MiB RAM workstation solves this, and the spell checker runs smoothly."
msgstr ""
"Op werkstations met weinig RAM en met ook nog eens weinig wisselgeheugen kan "
"de spellingscontrole van LibreOffice vastlopen. In dat geval moet de "
"systeembeheerder de spellingscontrole uitschakelen, zo niet zullen de "
"studenten LibreOffice moeten doden met een verlies van gegevens tot gevolg. "
"Ten minste 512 MB wisselgeheugen toekennen aan een werkstation met 320 MB RAM "
"lost dit op. Spellingscontrole loopt vanaf dan op wieltjes."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Laptops have the same requirements as for workstations since they are just "
"movable workstations."
msgstr ""
"Voor draagbare computers gelden dezelfde vereisten als voor werkstations, "
"aangezien zij niet meer of niet minder dan mobiele werkstations zijn."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Hardware known to work"
msgstr "Compatibele apparatuur"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/";
"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete"
msgstr ""
"Een lijst met geteste apparatuur vindt u op <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/";
"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Deze lijst is evenwel verre van volledig."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/smile.png"
msgstr "./images/smile.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ":)"
msgstr ":)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to "
"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, "
"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing "
"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware."
msgstr ""
"Op <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> worden de "
"resultaten gebundeld van inspanningen om te documenteren hoe men op bepaalde "
"specifieke hardware Debian kan installeren, configureren en gebruiken. "
"Potentiële kopers van dergelijke hardware kunnen zo vooraf nagaan of hij "
"ondersteund wordt, en bezitters ervan hoe ze er een optimaal resultaat mee "
"kunnen bekomen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"An excellent database of hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink "
"url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Een uitstekende database van door Debian ondersteunde hardware vindt u hier: "
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Requirements for network setup"
msgstr "Vereisten voor de netwerkopstelling"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Default Setup"
msgstr "Standaardopstelling"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:"
msgstr ""
"Wanneer u zich houdt aan de standaard netwerkarchitectuur, gelden de volgende "
"regels:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener."
msgstr "Er moet exact één hoofdserver zijn, de tjener genaamd."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network."
msgstr ""
"Er kunnen honderden werkstations aangesloten worden op het hoofdnetwerk."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different "
"subnets are preconfigured in LDAP."
msgstr ""
"U kunt meerdere LTSP-servers aansluiten op het hoofdnetwerk. In LDAP staan "
"twee subnetten voorgeconfigureerd."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each "
"LTSP server network."
msgstr ""
"Elke LTSP server ondersteunt een subnetwerk waarop honderden thin clients "
"en/of schijfloze werkstations aangesloten kunnen worden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses "
"assigned."
msgstr ""
"U kunt daarnaast nog gebruik maken van honderden andere machines aan wie een "
"dynamisch IP-adres toegekend zal worden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)."
msgstr ""
"Om toegang te krijgen tot het internet moet u gebruik maken van een "
"router/gateway (zie hierna)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Internet router"
msgstr "Internet router"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal "
"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet."
msgstr ""
"Een router/gateway wiens externe netwerkkaart verbonden wordt met het "
"internet en wiens interne netwerkkaart het IP-adres 10.0.0.1 met netmask "
"255.0.0.0 toegewezen krijgt, is noodzakelijk om een internetverbinding tot "
"stand te brengen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
"this is not needed and will not be used."
msgstr ""
"De router mag niet fungeren als DHCP-server. Er mag een DNS-server op "
"draaien, al is dit niet nodig. Hij zal trouwens niet gebruikt worden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a router firewall solution capable of running on an "
"old PC, we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\";>IPCop</ulink> or "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\";>floppyfw</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Indien u uitkijkt naar een softwarematige combinatie van router en firewall "
"om die op een oude PC te installeren, dan raden we u <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\";>IPCop</ulink> of "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\";>floppyfw</ulink> aan."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\";>OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course "
"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware";
"\">supported hardware</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Indien u als router en toegangspunt een ingebouwd model verkiest, raden we u "
"aan om er <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\";>OpenWRT</ulink> op te "
"installeren, hoewel u er uiteraard ook de originele software op kunt laten "
"staan. Dit laatste is het eenvoudigst, maar met OpenWRT beschikt u over meer "
"keuzemogelijkheden en houdt u meer controle. Op de website van OpenWRT kunt u "
"een lijst vinden van <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware\";>"
"ondersteunde hardware</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\";>documented "
"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an "
"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
"architecture</link>."
msgstr ""
"Een andere netwerkopstelling is mogelijk. Op <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\";>deze webpagina<"
"/ulink> vindt u uitleg over de te volgen werkwijze. Maar tenzij u door een "
"reeds bestaande netwerkinfrastructuur gedwongen wordt om op die manier te "
"werk te gaan, raden we u dit niet aan. Wij bevelen u aan om het bij de "
"standaard <link linkend=\"Architecture\">netwerkarchitectuur</link> te houden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Installation and download options"
msgstr "Installatie- en downloadopties"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Where to find additional information"
msgstr "Waar u bijkomende informatie kunt vinden"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\";>release notes for "
"Debian Wheezy</ulink> before you start installing a system for production "
"use. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work."
msgstr ""
"Alvorens u begint met het installeren van een systeem voor "
"productiedoeleinden, raden we u aan eerst de <ulink url= "
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\";>uitgavenotities voor "
"Debian Wheezy</ulink> te lezen of er op zijn minst eens naar te kijken. "
"Probeer Debian Edu/Skolelinux maar gerust uit. Het werkt gewoon vanzelf."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ":-)"
msgstr ":-)"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/alert.png"
msgstr "./images/alert.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "/!\\"
msgstr "/!\\"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be sure to read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> "
"chapter of this manual, though, as it explains how to log in for the first "
"time."
msgstr ""
"Lees evenwel in elk geval het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">aan "
"de slag</link> van deze handleiding, want daarin staat uitgelegd hoe u zich "
"voor de eerste maal bij het systeem moet aanmelden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Even more information about the Debian Wheezy release is available in its "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual";
"\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Nog meer informatie over Debian Wheezy vindt u in de <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\";>"
"installatiehandleiding</ulink> voor deze uitgave."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Download the installation media for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename \"Wheezy\""
msgstr ""
"Downloaden van de installatiemedia voor Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, codenaam "
"\"Wheezy\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "netinstall CD image for i386, amd64"
msgstr "netinstall cd-image voor i386, amd64"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash "
"drives, is suited to install on i386 and amd64 machines. It's available via"
msgstr ""
"Het netinstall cd-image, waarmee u ook een installatie kunt uitvoeren vanaf "
"een USB-stick, is geschikt om een installatie uit te voeren op i386- en "
"amd64-machines. Het wordt beschikbaar gesteld via"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-";
"edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-";
"edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.";
"iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.";
"iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-"
"CD.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-"
"CD.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc ISO image for i386 and amd64"
msgstr "USB-stick- / blu-ray-ISO-image voor i386 en amd64"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The multi-architecture ISO image is 5.2 GiB large and can be used for "
"installation of amd64 and i386 machines. It behaves like the former DVD "
"image which means it doesn't use internet access during installation. Like "
"the others it can be downloaded over FTP, HTTP or rsync via:"
msgstr ""
"Het multi-achitectuur ISO-image is 5,2 GiB groot en is geschikt voor "
"installaties op zowel amd64- als i386-machines. Het werkt op dezelfde manier "
"als het vroegere DVD-image. Dit betekent dat u geen toegang tot het internet "
"nodig heeft gedurende de installatie. Zoals de andere images kunt u het "
"downloaden via FTP, HTTP or rsync:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-";
"edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/wheezy/debian-";
"edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.";
"iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.";
"iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-"
"USB.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-"
"USB.iso|debian-edu-7.1+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Source image"
msgstr "Het image met de broncode"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The source image is available via"
msgstr "U vindt het image met de broncode via"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-";
"source-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-source-USB.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-";
"source-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-source-USB.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-";
"source-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-source-USB.iso</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-";
"source-USB.iso\">debian-edu-7.1+edu0-source-USB.iso</ulink>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-"
"source-USB.iso debian-edu-7.1+edu0-source-USB.iso</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-7.1+edu0-"
"source-USB.iso debian-edu-7.1+edu0-source-USB.iso</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail"
msgstr "Een CD / DVD per mail aanvragen"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD sent "
"for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url="
"\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\";>cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we will discuss the "
"payment details (for shipping and media)"
msgstr ""
"Aan wie niet de beschikking heeft over een snelle internetverbinding bieden "
"we aan om een CD of DVD per post toe te sturen voor de prijs van de "
"portokosten en de CD of DVD. U dient enkel een e-mail te sturen naar <ulink "
"url= \"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\";>cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> en wij zullen "
"contact opnemen om met u de modaliteiten van betaling (voor de portokosten en "
"de media)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the "
"email."
msgstr ""
"Denk eraan in uw e-mailbericht het adres te vermelden waar we de CD of de DVD "
"naartoe moeten sturen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Installing Debian Edu"
msgstr "Debian Edu installeren"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose "
"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding "
"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian "
"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 15,000 packages to choose "
"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our "
"defaults should be fine."
msgstr ""
"Wanneer u een installatie van Debian Edu uitvoert, heeft u enkele "
"keuzemogelijkheden. Wees niet bevreesd. Het zijn er niet veel. We hebben veel "
"geïnvesteerd om de complexiteit van Debian tijdens de installatie en nadien "
"verborgen te houden. Niettemin, Debian "
"Edu is Debian, en indien u dit wenst, heeft u de keuze uit meer dan 15.000 "
"pakketten en talloze opties voor configuratie. Maar de meerderheid van onze "
"gebruikers voelen zijn fijn bij een standaardinstallatie."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Select type of installation"
msgstr "Een soort installatie kiezen"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "./images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer boot menu"
msgstr "Opstartmenu van het installatieprogramma"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> is the default text mode "
"installation on i386 and amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> staat voor de uitvoering van "
"het installatieprogramma op een i386- of een amd64-computer in de standaard "
"tekstmodus."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit install</emphasis> does an amd64 text-mode "
"install."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit-install</emphasis> staat voor de "
"uitvoering van het installatieprogramma op een amd64-computer in de standaard "
"tekstmodus."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK "
"installer where you can use the mouse."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> gebruikt het grafische"
"GTK-installatieprogramma waarin u de muis kunt gebruiken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> uses the amd64 "
"GTK installer where you can use the mouse."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> gebruikt op een "
"amd64-computer het grafische GTK-installatieprogramma waarin u de muis kunt "
"gebruiken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu "
"with more detailed options to choose"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> Keuzemogelijkheden "
"voor gevorderden biedt een sub-menu met meer uitvoerige keuzemogelijkheden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the "
"installer"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> geeft aanwijzingen bij het gebruik "
"van het installatieprogramma. "
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Installer_advanced_options_a.png"
msgstr "./images/Installer_advanced_options_a.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer advanced options screen 1"
msgstr "Installatieprogramma - keuzemogelijkheden voor gevorderden - scherm 1"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> voert u terug naar het hoofdmenu."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all "
"available questions in text mode."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> Installatie voor "
"experten: het installatieprogramma wordt in tekstmodus uitgevoerd en u krijgt "
"alle keuzemogelijkheden voorgeschoteld."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> makes this install medium "
"become a rescue disk for emergency tasks."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> De reparatiemodus maakt van "
"dit "
"installatiemedium een reparatie-cd, zodat u noodbewerkingen kunt uitvoeren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> needs a preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> Bij een "
"volautomatische installatie moet u een bestand aanmaken waarmee u een aantal "
"configuratieopties doorgeeft aan het installatieprogramma."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> gives access to "
"all available questions in text mode on amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> Installatie op een "
"64-bitcomputer voor experten: het installatieprogramma wordt in tekstmodus "
"uitgevoerd op een 64-bitcomputer en daarbij wordt u elke keuzemogelijkheid "
"voorgelegd."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> makes this install "
"medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> De "
"64-bitreparatiemodus maakt van dit installatiemedium een reparatie-cd, zodat "
"u noodbewerkingen kunt uitvoeren op "
"een amd64-computer."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> needs a "
"preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> Bij een "
"volautomatische installatie op een 64-bitcomputer moet u een bestand aanmaken "
"waarmee u een aantal "
"configuratieopties doorgeeft aan het installatieprogramma."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Installer_advanced_options_b.png"
msgstr "./images/Installer_advanced_options_b.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer advanced options screen 2"
msgstr "Installatieprogramma - keuzemogelijkheden voor gevorderden - scherm 2"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access "
"to all available questions in graphical mode."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> Bij een "
"Installatie voor experten in grafische modus wordt het installatieprogramma "
"in grafische modus uitgevoerd en maakt u zelf alle keuzes."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this "
"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks with a graphical GTK "
"look."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> De grafische "
"reparatiemodus maakt van dit installatiemedium een reparatie-cd, zodat u "
"noodbewerkingen kunt uitvoeren in een grafische omgeving van GTK.."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a "
"preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> Bij een "
"volautomatische installatie in een grafische omgeving moet u een bestand "
"aanmaken waarmee u een aantal configuratieopties doorgeeft aan het "
"installatieprogramma."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> gives "
"access to all available questions in graphical mode on amd64."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\"></emphasis> Bij een installatie voor experten in "
"grafische modus op een 64-bitcomputer wordt het installatieprogramma in "
"grafische modus uitgevoerd en krijgt u alle keuzemogelijkheden gepresenteerd."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this "
"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64 with a "
"graphical GTK look."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> De "
"grafische reparatiemodus voor 64-bitcomputers maakt van dit installatiemedium "
"een reparatie-cd, zodat u in een grafische omgeving van GTK noodbewerkingen "
"kunt uitvoeren op een "
"64-bitcomputer."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> "
"needs a preseed file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> Bij "
"een volautomatische installatie voor 64-bitcomputers in grafische modus moet "
"u een bestand aanmaken waarmee u een aantal configuratieopties doorgeeft aan "
"het installatieprogramma."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/Installer_help.png"
msgstr "./images/Installer_help.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Installer help screen"
msgstr "Installatieprogramma - hulpscherm"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid ""
"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the "
"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described."
msgstr ""
"Dit hulp-scherm behoeft geen uitleg. Het maakt de <F>-toetsen van het "
"toetsenbord actief om verdere hulp aan te vragen in verband met het "
"behandelde onderwerp."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Additional boot parameters for installations"
msgstr "Installaties met bijkomende opstartparameters"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On i386/amd64, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the "
"boot menu."
msgstr ""
"Op i386/amd64-computers kunt u de opstartopties van het installatieprogramma "
"bewerken door in het opstartmenu op de TAB-toets te drukken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The multi-architecture USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc image defaults to "
"using amd64-installgui on 64-bit x86 machines, and installgui on 32-bit x86 "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"Indien u het multi-architectuur opstartimage op USB-stick of op een "
"blu-rayschijf gebruikt, zal het opstartprogramma standaard in grafische "
"modus uitgevoerd worden en, afhankelijk van het processortype, in de 64-bit- "
"of in "
"de 32-bitversie."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multi-architecture image, "
"that would be <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Indien u vanaf een multi-architectuur opstartimage de amd64-tekstmodus wenst "
"te gebruiken, moet u kiezen voor het menu-item <computeroutput>amd64-install<"
"/computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Likewise you can choose <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> to "
"get the GUI version on amd64."
msgstr ""
"En u kunt er het menu-item <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> "
"(grafische expertenmodus voor amd64-computers) kiezen om op een "
"amd64-computer de expertenmodus in een grafische omgeving uit te voeren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multi-arch image on an amd64 "
"machine you need to manually select <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> "
"(text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (graphical mode)."
msgstr ""
"Indien u op een amd64-computer met het multi-archtectuurimage het "
"installatieprogramma in i386-modus wenst op te starten, dient u handmatig "
"menu-item <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> te kiezen voor de "
"tekstmodus of item"
"<computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> voor de grafische modus."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the "
"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add <computeroutput>mirror/"
"http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> as an additional boot "
"parameter."
msgstr ""
"U kunt een bestaande HTTP proxy service op het netwerk gebruiken om de "
"installatie vanaf een cd van het hoofdserverprofiel te versnellen. Hiervoor "
"moet u <computeroutput>mirror/"
"http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> als bijkomende "
"opstartparameter meegeven aan het installatieprogramma."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further "
"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the "
"proxy of the main server."
msgstr ""
"Indien u de installatie van het hoofdserverprofiel reeds voltooid heeft, moet "
"u de andere installaties via PXE laten verlopen. Zo wordt automatisch de "
"proxydienst van de hoofdserver gebruikt."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop instead of "
"the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE \"Plasma\"</emphasis> desktop, add "
"<computeroutput>desktop=gnome</computeroutput> to the kernel boot parameters."
msgstr ""
"Om de desktopomgeving van <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> in de "
"plaats van die van <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE \"Plasma\"</emphasis> te "
"installeren, moet u "
"<computeroutput>desktop=gnome</computeroutput> toevoegen aan de "
"opstartparameters van de kernel."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop instead, "
"add <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> to the kernel boot "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
"Wenst u daarentegen <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> als "
"desktopomgeving, "
"voeg dan <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> toe aan de "
"opstartparameters van de kernel."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop instead, "
"add <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> to the kernel boot "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
"Om de <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktopomgeving te "
"installeren, moet u <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> toevoegen "
"als opstartparameter van de kernel."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "The installation process"
msgstr "Het installatieproces"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Remember the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/";
"Wheezy/Requirements\">system requirements</ulink> and make sure you have at "
"least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up a thin client "
"server."
msgstr ""
"Verlies de <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/";
"Wheezy/Requirements\">systeemveereisten</ulink> niet uit het oog en zorg "
"ervoor om twee netwerkkaarten (NICs) bij de hand te houden, indien u van plan "
"bent om een thin-clientserver te installeren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
"Kies een taal (voor het installatieproces en voor het geïnstalleerd systeem)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live."
msgstr "Kies een plaats. Meestal is dit de plaats waar u woont."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)"
msgstr ""
"Kies een toetsenbordindeling (meestal is de standaard toetsenbordindeling "
"voor uw land de juiste keuze)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:"
msgstr "Kies (een) profiel(en) uit de volgende lijst:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-Server</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-"
"configured to work out of the box. You must only install one main server per "
"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you "
"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or Thin-Client-"
"Server in addition to this one."
msgstr ""
"Dit is de hoofdserver (tjener) voor uw school, waarop alle diensten klaar "
"voor gebruik voorgeconfigureerd werden. U mag slechts één hoofdsserver per "
"school installeren! Dit profiel voorziet niet in een grafische werkomgeving. "
"Indien u wel een grafische werkomgeving wenst op de hoofdserver, dan dient u "
"bijkomend het profiel werkstation of thin-clientserver te installeren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Werkstation</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are "
"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile "
"are stored."
msgstr ""
"Dit is een computer die, zoals een gewone computer, opstart vanaf de lokale "
"harde schijf, alle programma's lokaal uitvoert en alle apparaten vanaf de "
"lokale computer aanspreekt. Enkel de authenticatie van de gebruiker gebeurt "
"door de hoofdserver en daarop worden ook diens bestanden en de configuratie "
"van diens werkomgeving opgeslagen,"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobiel werkstation</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, "
"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and "
"profiles are stored on the local disk. Notebooks and laptops should select "
"this profile and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier "
"releases."
msgstr ""
"Is hetzelfde als een werkstation, maar is ook in staat de authenticatie van "
"de gebruiker lokaal uit te voeren omdat hij een lokale kopie bijhoudt van de "
"verificatie-informatie. Daardoor kan een mobiel werkstation ook buiten het "
"schoolnetwerk gebruikt worden. De bestanden van de gebruiker en de "
"configuratie van diens werkomgeving worden op de lokale harde schijf bewaard. "
"In tegenstelling tot het advies dat we in eerdere uitgaven van Skolelinux "
"gaven, moet u dit profiel kiezen voor notebooks en laptops en niet het "
"profiel 'werkstation' of 'losstaande computer'."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-clientserver</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, also called a LTSP server. "
"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This "
"computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one "
"processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=\"NetworkClients"
"\">networked clients</link> for more information on this subject. Choosing "
"this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not "
"selected) - a thin client server can always be used as a workstation, too."
msgstr ""
"Dit is een server voor thin clients (en schijfloze werkstations), ook "
"LTSP-server genaamd. Clients zonder harde schijf starten op en voeren "
"programma's uit vanaf deze server. Deze computer moet twee netwerkkaarten "
"hebben, veel geheugen en idealiter meer dan één processor of meerdere "
"processorkernen. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk over <link "
"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">op een netwerk aangesloten clients</link> voor "
"meer informatie. Indien u dit profiel kiest, wordt ook automatisch het "
"profiel werkstation geïnstalleerd, zelfs indien u het niet zelf kiest. Een "
"thin-clientserver kan dus steeds ook als werkstation dienst doen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Losstaande computer</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it "
"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
"Een gewone computer die geen hoofdserver nodig heeft om te kunnen "
"functioneren. Hij heeft dus geen netwerk nodig. Ook geschikt voor laptops."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimaal</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and "
"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
"out from the main-server."
msgstr ""
"Met dit profiel worden enkel de pakketten van het basissysteem geïnstalleerd "
"en wordt de machine nadien geconfigureerd om deel uit te maken van het "
"netwerk van Debian Edu. Er worden geen diensten en geen toepassingssoftware "
"op geïnstalleerd. Een computer met een dergelijk profiel is nuttig om dienst "
"te doen als platform voor een specifieke dienst die men van de hoofdserver "
"manueel daarnaartoe verhuist."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin Client Server</"
"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one "
"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main "
"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be a thin client server "
"and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we "
"assume most people will install <link linkend=\"Installation--"
"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via "
"PXE</link> afterwards. Please note that you must have 2 network cards "
"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main "
"server or as a thin client server to become usefull after the installation."
msgstr ""
"De profielen <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"strong"
"\">Werkstation</emphasis> en <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-clientserver</"
"emphasis> staan voorgeselecteerd. Deze profielen kunnen samen op één "
"machine geïnstalleerd worden, waardoor u een zogenaamde <emphasis>"
"gecombineerde hoofdserver</emphasis>bekomt. Dit betekent dat de hoofdserver "
"tegelijk ook een thin-clientserver en een werkstation is. We hebben dit "
"ingesteld als standaardkeuze, omdat we ervan uitgaan dat de meeste mensen de "
"verdere installatie nadien <link linkend=\"Installation-Installation_over_the_"
"network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via "
"PXE</link> uitvoeren. Denk eraan dat een machine die als gecombineerde "
"hoofdserver of als thin-clientserver dienst zal doen over 2 netwerkkaarten "
"moet beschikken om na installatie bruikbaar te zijn."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The ordering of the network cards after installation might differ from the "
"ordering during installation. The wanted ordering can be achieved by editing "
"<computeroutput>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</computeroutput>: "
"Usually <emphasis>if this happens</emphasis>, you will want to replace eth0 "
"with eth1 and eth1 with eth0; a reboot is needed for the changes to take "
"effect."
msgstr ""
"Het kan gebeuren dat de onderlinge volgorde van de netwerkkaarten na "
"installatie verschillend is van tijdens de installatie. U kunt de gewenste "
"volgorde bekomen door het bestand <computeroutput>"
"/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</computeroutput> te bewerken. <"
"emphasis>Indien dit probleem zich stelt</emphasis>, zult u normaal gezien "
"eth0 moeten vervangen door eth1, en eth1 door eth0. Nadien zult u de computer "
"opnieuw moeten opstarten opdat de wijzigingen van kracht zouden worden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes"
"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand "
"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required "
"partitions are created and are big enough."
msgstr ""
"Kies \"ja\" of \"neen\" bij de vraag in verband met automatische "
"schijfindeling. Weet dat \"ja\" antwoorden alle gegevens op de harde schijf "
"wist! \"Neen\" antwoorden anderzijds, brengt meer werk met zich mee. U zult "
"er op moeten toezien dat de benodigde partities aangemaakt worden en groot "
"genoeg zijn."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon.";
"skolelinux.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and "
"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a "
"simple way for you to help."
msgstr ""
"Wij hebben graag dat u \"ja\" antwoordt op de vraag of informatie mag "
"doorgestuurd worden naar <ulink url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/>. Dit "
"laat ons toe om een beter inzicht te verwerven in welke pakketten populair "
"zijn en zeker behouden moeten blijven in toekomstige uitgaves. U bent er "
"uiteraard niet toe verplicht, maar u kunt er ons op een eenvoudige manier mee "
"helpen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Wait. If the selected profiles include Thin-client-server then the installer "
"will spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - "
"Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\""
msgstr ""
"Heb wat geduld. Indien het thin-clientprofiel een van de te installeren "
"profielen is, zal het installatieprogramma op het einde behoorlijk wat tijd "
"nodig hebben, na de melding \"De installatie afronden - Bezig met uitvoeren "
"van debian-edu-profile-udeb...\""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user "
"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is "
"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux "
"network."
msgstr ""
"Nadat u het beheerderswachtwoord hebt ingevoerd, zal men u vragen om een "
"grebruikersaccount aan te maken \"voor de niet-administratieve taken.\" Voor "
"Debian Edu is dit een zeer belangrijk account: met dit account zult u het "
"netwerk van Skolelinux beheren."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a "
"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> - "
"otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password will be "
"accepted by the installer)."
msgstr ""
"Het wachtwoord van deze gebruiker <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet minstens 5 "
"tekens lang zijn</emphasis> - anders wordt zich aanmelden onmogelijk (ook al "
"zal het installatieprogramma een korter wachtwoord aanvaarden)."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Be happy"
msgstr "Wees blij"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Notes on some characteristics"
msgstr "Aantekeningen bij enkele specifieke kenmerken"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Een aantekening over notebooks"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see "
"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care "
"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, "
"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop "
"to the network and logged in with the new password)."
msgstr ""
"Meest voor de hand liggend is dat u hiervoor het profiel 'Mobiel werkstation "
"kiest (zie eerder). U dient wel te weten dat alle gegevens lokaal bewaard "
"worden. (Besteed dus extra zorg aan backups). Er wordt ook lokaal een "
"spiegelkopie met de aanmeldingsinformatie bijgehouden. (Indien u dus uw "
"wachtwoord wijzigt op het schoolnetwerk, zult u op uw laptop nog steeds uw "
"oud wachtwoord moeten gebruiken, totdat u uw laptop opnieuw aansluit op het "
"schoolnetwerk en u daar aanmeldt met uw nieuw wachtwoord.)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on multi-arch USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc image installs"
msgstr ""
"Een noot bij installaties met het multi-archimage voor USB-stick / "
"blu-rayschijf"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After you install from the multi-arch USB flash drive / Blue-ray disc image, "
"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain "
"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly "
"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates "
"can be installed:"
msgstr ""
"Na een installaties met het multi-archimage voor USB-stick / blu-rayschijf, "
"zal het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> enkel "
"dat medium vermelden als pakketbron. Indien u over een internetverbinding "
"beschikt, raden we u ten stelligste aan om aan het bestand de volgende regels "
"toe te voegen, zodat eventuele beveiligingsbijwerkingen toegepast kunnen "
"worden:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ wheezy/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux wheezy local"
msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy main \n"
"deb http://security.debian.org/ wheezy/updates main \n"
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux wheezy local"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on CD installs"
msgstr "Een aantekening bij installaties via cd"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) "
"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount "
"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays "
"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktops). Once "
"you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-"
"server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid "
"downloading the same package several times from the net."
msgstr ""
"Een netinst-installatie (het type installatie dat onze cd aanbiedt) haalt "
"sommige pakketten op van de cd en de rest van het net. Hoeveel pakketten er "
"via het net opgehaald worden varieert naargelang het gekozen profiel, maar "
"het volume blijft beneden 1 gigabyte (tenzij u gekozen heeft om alle "
"mogelijke desktopprofielen te installeren). Eens u de hoofdserver "
"geïnstalleerd heeft (of het een pure hoofdserver of een combiserver is, maakt "
"niet uit), zal het installatieprogramma op andere computers gebruik maken van "
"diens proxyserver en zo vermijden dat hetzelfde pakket verschillende keren "
"gedownload wordt."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A note on thin-client-server installations"
msgstr "Een noot bij installaties van thin-clientservers"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"First of all, this profile name is confusing for historic reasons. Currently "
"this profile actually installs an LTSP server environment for thin-clients "
"and for workstations. Debian bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/588510#";
"\">588510</ulink> has been filed to change the name of the profile into a "
"better suited one."
msgstr ""
"Vooreerst: de benaming voor dit profiel is om historische redenen verwarrend. "
"Momenteel installeert dit profiel feitelijk een LTSP serveromgeving voor thin "
"clients en voor werkstations. Er is een foutrapport <ulink "
"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/588510#\";>588510</ulink> opgemaakt voor Debian "
"met de vraag om voor dit profiel een beter passende benaming te gebruiken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Providing the kernel boot parameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-"
"client</computeroutput> makes it possible to skip the step which converts "
"the LTSP chroot from a thin-client chroot into a combined thin-client/"
"diskless workstation chroot."
msgstr ""
"Indien u de opstartparameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-client<"
"/computeroutput> meegeeft aan de kernel, wordt de stap overgeslagen waarbij "
"de LTSP chroot van een thin client chroot omgezet wordt naar een "
"gecombineerde chroot voor thin client en schijfloos werkstation."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin client "
"chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, which can "
"be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut down the "
"installation time considerably."
msgstr ""
"In sommige omstandigheden is dit nuttig, bijvoorbeeld indien u een zuivere "
"thin client chroot wenst, of indien er op een andere server reeds een "
"schijfloze chroot draait die synchronisatie toelaat. In dergelijke "
"omstandigheden de stap overslaan, levert aanzienlijke tijdswinst op."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Except for the longer installation time there is no harm in always creating "
"combined chroots, which is why this is done by default."
msgstr ""
"Behalve het feit dat dit meer tijd in beslag neemt, is het steeds aanmaken "
"van gecombineerde chroots in geen enkel ander opzicht nadelig. Daarom is het "
"de standaard werkwijze."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blue-ray discs"
msgstr "Installaties vanaf een USB-stick en niet vanaf een cd / blu-rayschijf"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since the Squeeze release it is possible to directly copy the CD/DVD/BD "
"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images to a USB flash drive (also "
"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like "
"this, just adapting the file and device names to your needs:"
msgstr ""
"Sinds de uitgave van Squeeze is het mogelijk om een <computeroutput>.iso<"
"/computeroutput> image voor CD/DVD/BD rechtstreeks te kopiëren naar een "
"USB-stick (ook soms aangeduid met de term \"USB flash drive\") en hiervan op "
"te starten. Geef eenvoudigweg volgende opdracht, waarbij u de bestandsnaam en "
"de naam aanpast aan uw specifieke situatie:"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX "
"bs=1024</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX "
"bs=1024</computeroutput>"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just "
"like a CD or Blue-ray disc."
msgstr ""
"Afhankelijk van het gebruikte image, zal de USB-stick zich gedragen als een "
"cd of een blu-rayschijf."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation over the network (PXE) and booting diskless clients"
msgstr ""
"Over het netwerk uitgevoerde installaties (PXE) en het opstarten van "
"schijfloze clients"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main "
"server. When clients boot via the main network, a new PXE menu with "
"installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails "
"with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably "
"the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian "
"Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the "
"command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware "
"</computeroutput> on the server."
msgstr ""
"Deze installatiemethode vereist dat u een werkende hoofdserver heeft. Wanneer "
"clients over het netwerk opstarten, krijgt u een nieuw PXE-menu met "
"installatie- en opstartopties. Indien de installatie via PXE mislukt met de "
"foutmelding dat het bestand XXX.bin ontbreekt, dan is de meest "
"waarschijnlijke oorzaak te vinden in het feit dat voor het functioneren van "
"de netwerkkaart van de client niet-vrije fabrieksprogrammatuur nodig is. In "
"een dergelijk geval moet het initrd-image dat het installatieprogramma van "
"Debian gebruikt, aangepast worden. Dit doet u door aan de server de volgende "
"opdracht te geven: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-add"
"firmware </computeroutput>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
"Server</emphasis> profile only:"
msgstr ""
"Indien u koos voor een <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis> met "
"uitsluitend het hoofdserverprofiel, ziet het menu van PXE er zo uit:"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/pxe-tjener.png"
msgstr "./images/pxe-tjener.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "width=400"
msgstr "width=400"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
"Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</"
"emphasis> profiles:"
msgstr ""
"Bij een hoofdserver met zowel een <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver-<"
"/emphasis> als een <emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-clientserver-</"
"emphasis>profiel, ziet het menu van PXE er zo uit:"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted "
"on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations don't have "
"to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if you want to force "
"the hostname."
msgstr ""
"Een dergelijke opstelling laat toe om ook schijfloze werkstations en thin "
"clients over het hoofdnetwerk op te starten. Anders dan het geval is bij "
"werkstations, moet u schijfloze werkstations niet ingeven in LDAP met GOsa². "
"Maar het is mogelijk om dit toch te doen, bijvoorbeeld als u ze een vaste "
"computernaam wilt geven."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend="
"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter."
msgstr ""
"U vindt bijkomende informatie over netwerkclients in het hoofdstuk <link "
"linkend="
"\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Modifying PXE installations"
msgstr "PXE-installaties aanpassen"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be "
"modified to ask for more packages to install."
msgstr ""
"Een PXE-installatie geeft via een bestand een aantal configuratieopties door "
"aan het installatieprogramma van Debian. Dit kan aangepast worden met het oog "
"op de installatie van bijkomende pakketten."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/"
"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
"Voeg aan het bestand <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-ins"
"tall.dat</computeroutput> een regel toe in de zin van:"
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)"
msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string mijn-extra-pakket(ten)"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/"
"install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can be "
"changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more "
"questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to "
"provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install."
"dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-"
"pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated files."
msgstr ""
"Een PXE-installatie gebruikt het bestand <computeroutput>"
"/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/"
"install.cfg</computeroutput> en het bestand <computeroutput>"
"/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>, dat de "
"voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties bevat. Door deze bestanden te bewerken "
"kan u het voorgeprogrammeerde installatieproces beïnvloeden en op die manier "
"vermijden dat u bij een installatie over het netwerk een groter aantal vragen "
"moet beantwoorden. U kunt dit effect ook nog op een andere manier bereiken, "
"namelijk door extra instellingen op te nemen in de bestanden <computeroutput>"
"/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
"computeroutput> en <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install."
"dat.local</computeroutput>. Nadien moet u de opdracht <computeroutput>"
"/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> uitvoeren om de aangebrachte "
"aanpassingen effectief te maken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/";
"releases/wheezy/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Bijkomende informatie vindt u in de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/";
"releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding voor Debian</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines "
"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in "
"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </"
"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when "
"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "
"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\";; </"
"computeroutput>\" part from the last one."
msgstr ""
"Om de proxyserver uit te schakelen of diens gedrag aan te passen bij een "
"installatie via PXE, moet u in het bestand <computeroutput>"
"tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> de regels "
"met <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> en "
"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> aanpassen. Om het "
"gebruik van een proxyserver uit te schakelen, zet u een '#' aan het begin van "
"de eerste twee regels en wist u in de laatste regel het gedeelte met de "
"volgende tekst: \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\";; "
"</computeroutput>\"."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the "
"preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXElinux-based "
"boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/"
"install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop are "
"examples of such settings."
msgstr ""
"Sommige instellingen kunnen niet voorgeprogrammeerd worden om het "
"installatieprogramma ze al nodig heeft vooraleer het bestand met "
"voorgeprogrammeerde opties opgehaald wordt. Deze instellingen worden "
"geconfigureerd in het bestand <computeroutput>"
"/var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>. Taalkeuze, "
"toetsenbordindeling en bureaubladomgeving zijn voorbeelden van zo'n "
"instellingen."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Custom images"
msgstr "Images op maat"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blue-ray discs can be quite easy since we use "
"the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\";>debian installer</"
"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\";>Preseeding</ulink> allows "
"you to define answers to the questions normally asked."
msgstr ""
"Zelf een opstartimage op maat aanmaken voor cd, dvd of blu-ray hoeft helemaal "
"moeilijk te zijn, aangezien we het <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\";>installatieprogramma van "
"Debian</ulink>gebruiken met zijn modulair ontwerp en nog andere fijne "
"eigenschappen. In <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed";
"\">een bestand met voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties</ulink> kunt u de "
"antwoorden meegeven op vragen die u anders tijdens het installatieproces zou "
"moeten beantwoorden."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\";>remaster the CD/DVD</"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Het enige wat u dus moet doen is een bestand maken met uw antwoorden (hoe u "
"dit doet, wordt uitgelegd in het aanhangsel bij de installatiehandleiding "
"voor Debian) en <ulink url="
"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\";>uw eigen CD/DVD op maat<"
"/ulink> aanmaken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Screenshot tour"
msgstr "Rondleiding langs enkele schermafdrukken"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - "
"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity "
"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the "
"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use "
"it."
msgstr ""
"Een installatie in tekstmodus is functioneel identiek aan een installatie in "
"grafische modus. Ze verschillen enkel van uitzicht. In de grafische modus "
"kunt u de muis gebruiken en natuurlijk ziet die er ook mooier en moderner "
"uit. Tenzij de apparatuur problemen zou geven, is er geen enkele reden om de "
"grafische modus niet te gebruiken."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical Main-Server + Workstation + "
"Thin Client Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of the "
"tjener, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the thinclient network:"
msgstr ""
"Hier volgt dus een rondleiding langs enkele schermafdrukken van een grafische "
"installatie van Hoofdserver + Werkstation + Thin-clientserver, van het scherm "
"dat u te zien krijgt als u de tjener voor het eerst opstart, en van het "
"scherm bij het opstarten van een computer via PXE op het netwerk van "
"respectievelijk werkstations en thin-clients."
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "01-Installer_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png"
msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "02-select_a_language.png"
msgstr "02-select_a_language.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png"
msgstr "./images/03-select_your_location.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "03-select_your_location.png"
msgstr "03-select_your_location.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
msgstr "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
msgstr "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
msgstr "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
msgstr "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
msgstr "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
msgstr "07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
msgstr "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
msgstr "08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
msgstr "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
msgstr "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
msgstr "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
msgstr "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
msgstr "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
msgstr "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
msgstr "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
msgstr "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
msgstr "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/12e-creating_ext4.png"
msgstr "./images/12e-creating_ext4.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "12e-creating_ext4.png"
msgstr "12e-creating_ext4.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
msgstr "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "13-Install the base system.png"
msgstr "13-Install the base system.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "14-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "14-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png"
msgstr "17-Select_and_install_software.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png"
msgstr "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
msgstr "18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
msgstr "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
msgstr "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
msgstr "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
msgstr "20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
msgstr "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "tjener KDM Login"
msgstr "KDM-aanmeldscherm op tjener"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png"
msgstr "./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "KDE starting..."
msgstr "Opstarten van KDE..."
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png"
msgstr "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "KDE and Browser"
msgstr "KDE met browser"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png"
msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "KDE Desktop"
msgstr "Bureaublad van KDE"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
msgstr "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png"
msgstr "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Diskless Workstation Login"
msgstr "Aanmeldscherm op een schijfloos werkstation"
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
msgstr "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Aan de slag"
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Minimum steps to get started"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In "
"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This "
"account is special, as there's no Samba account (can be added via GOsa²), "
"the home directory permission is set to 700 (so <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</"
"computeroutput> is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the "
"first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> to become root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Log into the server - with the root account you cannot log in graphically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add users with GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be "
"used directly without this step."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read "
"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minumum steps "
"correctly as well, as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use "
"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS "
"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf."
"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks "
"and some frequently asked questions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Debian Edu KDE desktop"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Introduction to GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important "
"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or "
"delete) these main groups:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "NIS Netgroup Administrator"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "DNS Administration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "DHCP Administration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system "
"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was "
"installed as a so called combined server (main server + thin client server + "
"workstation). If all of the mentioned before is not available, see: <link "
"linkend=\"Administration--Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-"
"server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-\">Installing a graphical environment on the main-"
"server to use GOsa²</link>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² "
"access, and log in as the first user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you are using a new Debian Edu Wheezy machine, the site certificate will "
"be known by the browser."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being "
"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to "
"accept it and ignore that."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss.";
"gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on "
"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left "
"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration "
"pages offered by GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP "
"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the "
"(diskless) workstations, the thin client servers and the Windows machines on "
"the network. With LDAP, account information about students, pupils, "
"teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been "
"provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the "
"whole Skolelinux network."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and "
"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can "
"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the "
"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/"
"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of "
"the Debian Edu main server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "
"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP "
"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" "
"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, "
"Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently "
"added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this "
"structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with "
"common home directories for each group in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.";
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Wheezy//HowTo/"
"AdvancedAdministration#User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">HowTo/"
"AdvancedAdministration</ulink> chapter of this manual.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, "
"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the "
"selected department (or the base level)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "User Management with GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the "
"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" "
"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Super-Administrator (the first "
"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</"
"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your "
"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base "
"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move "
"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" "
"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) "
"and the full name of your user (see image)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username "
"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username "
"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a "
"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name "
"contains non-ASCII characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username "
"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the "
"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open "
"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add "
"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an "
"additional option to the \"location definition\".)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for "
"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has "
"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that "
"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You "
"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine "
"within your network."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Search, modify and delete users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/filterbox.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Filterbox"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your "
"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a "
"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your "
"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree "
"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle "
"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and "
"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide "
"actions for you: cut entry, copy entry, edit user, lock account, set "
"password, take snapshot (not usable) and remove user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the "
"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user "
"belongs to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/edit_user.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Editing user data"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Set passwords"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their "
"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided "
"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will "
"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to "
"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in "
"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the "
"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by "
"yourself"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Set user password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to "
"guess passwords!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Advanced user management"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which "
"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example "
"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the "
"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name "
"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in "
"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include "
"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing "
"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</"
"computeroutput> on the command line)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite "
"intolerant about them):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Use \",\" as field separator"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Do not use quotes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header "
"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during "
"the mass import"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The mass import steps are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be "
"imported"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import "
"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a "
"few fictional users, which can be deleted later."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Group Management with GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/create_group.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "create group"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/list_groups.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose "
"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to "
"check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the group "
"later on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where "
"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the "
"LDAP tree level, too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Group Management on the command line"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n"
"net groupmap list\n"
"\n"
"# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n"
"net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n"
" comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is explained in more detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which "
"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu "
"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> "
"chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected to "
"the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">have</emphasis> to be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">can</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP "
"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently "
"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and "
"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly "
"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned "
"dynamically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address "
"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; "
"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</"
"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in "
"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first "
"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for "
"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and "
"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. "
"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching "
"icon."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have "
"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the "
"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to "
"automatically add machines to GOsa², <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -"
"h</computeroutput> shows usage information. Please note, that the IP "
"addresses shown after usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</"
"computeroutput> belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be "
"modified though to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP "
"and DNS, add it to netgroups, if needed; reboot the system afterwards. The "
"following screenshots show how this looks in practice:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7 -t "
"workstations\n"
"info: Create GOsa machine for auto-mac-00-04-76-d3-28-b7.intern [10.0.16.21] "
"id ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7.\n"
"\n"
"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n"
"\n"
"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
"enter password:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "GOsa² systems listing"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Host details"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Modify host"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "Add netgroup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</"
"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name "
"(as you would with users)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know "
"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this "
"context."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> "
"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that "
"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the "
"services that machine can use on your main-server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</"
"computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "fsautoresize-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "ltsp-server-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "netblock-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "printer-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "server-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "winstation-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "workstation-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is "
"used for"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "NFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the "
"workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts within "
"the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts "
"<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS "
"shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of "
"machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to use "
"static IP addresses from LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Remember to configure workstations and ltsp-servers properly with GOsa², or "
"your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless "
"workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be "
"configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "fs-autoresize"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions "
"that run out of space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "shutdown at night"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to "
"save energy."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print "
"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu machines in this group will only be allowed to connect to "
"machines on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this "
"might be used during exams."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in "
"the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to "
"the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host to the LDAP "
"tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the domain. "
"For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network "
"see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Printer Management"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://";
"www:631\"/> This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/"
"delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. Changes "
"that require a root login need SSL encryption."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Clock synchronisation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. "
"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it "
"is created when used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this "
"default setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified. Add "
"comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</"
"computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted "
"by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> as "
"root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run "
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Extending full partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might "
"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See "
"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration--"
"Resizing_Partitions\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
"<computeroutput>aptitude update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of "
"available packages) and <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</computeroutput> "
"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to "
"send mail to an address you are reading."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these "
"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have "
"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just "
"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you via email, or alternativly display them in the terminal when "
"running <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>apt-"
"get</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a "
"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed "
"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-";
"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the "
"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside "
"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also "
"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/";
"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, "
"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this "
"site without using SSL it will fail."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. "
"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) "
"this setup should be fine for you."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard "
"drives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
"command-line:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n"
" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</"
"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the "
"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu "
"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/";
"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, "
"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with "
"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will "
"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring "
"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the "
"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as "
"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main-server). This will update "
"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each "
"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> "
"program, which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to "
"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.";
"linpro.no/\"/> ."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://";
"www/nagios3/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is "
"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary "
"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and Thin-client-server "
"receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple "
"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the "
"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the "
"workstation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The username is <computeroutput>nagiosadmin</computeroutput> and the default "
"password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For security "
"reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the password you "
"can run the following command as root:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default Nagios does not send email. This can be changed by replacing "
"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-"
"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</"
"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/nagios3/sitesummary-"
"template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Nagios configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/nagios3/"
"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg</computeroutput> "
"with the list of hosts and services to monitor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Extra Nagios checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/"
"sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included "
"in the generated file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Information about Nagios is available from <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios.";
"org/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>nagios3-doc</computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Common Nagios warnings and how to handle them"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Nagios warnings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two "
"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the "
"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling "
"<computeroutput>apt-get clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If "
"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the "
"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the "
"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</"
"computeroutput> netgroup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally "
"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt-get upgrade && apt-get dist-"
"upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same. On thin "
"client servers, remember to also update the LTSP chroot using "
"<computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get "
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a "
"good job with new versions, you can install the <computeroutput>unattended-"
"upgrades</computeroutput> package and configure it to automatically upgrade "
"all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To upgrade the LTSP chroot, one can use <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get "
"update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. On 64-bit "
"servers, one will have to add <computeroutput>-a i386</computeroutput> as an "
"argument to ltsp-chroot. It is a good idea to update the chroot when "
"updating the host system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed "
"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot "
"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally "
"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security "
"issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely "
"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every "
"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-"
"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should "
"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are "
"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> "
"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this "
"host to one or both of these netgroups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it "
"to the central server. The information collected is available in "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to "
"generate reports."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from "
"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.";
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system "
"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend="
"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your "
"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong"
"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent "
"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "Please read this chapter completely before attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "General notes on upgrading"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. "
"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we heavily modify "
"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <ulink url="
"\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188#\";>311188</ulink> for more information.) "
"Upgrading is still possible but may require some work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations "
"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. The diskless machines "
"are easy, as their chroot environment can be deleted and recreated, if you "
"haven't modified it. If you have, the chroot is basically a workstation "
"chroot anyway, so rather easy to upgrade."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, "
"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same "
"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
"and see if everything works as it should."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable "
"release in its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/";
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks "
"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they "
"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued "
"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\";>ceases support for "
"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Squeeze"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Squeeze in a test "
"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "The basic upgrade operation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> and replace all "
"occurrences of \"squeeze\" with \"wheezy\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "run <computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "run <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "run <computeroutput>apt-get dist-upgrade</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LDAP service needs to be reconfigured"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The LDAP setup has changed slightly from Squeeze to Wheezy. Nevertheless, "
"LDAP has to be rebuild from scratch. There's a script <computeroutput>ldap-"
"debian-edu-install</computeroutput> (in /usr/bin) that could be used to "
"achieve this. Read the comment at the beginning of that script carefully "
"before doing anything."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Recreating an LTSP chroot"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot should be recreated. The new chroot "
"will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Remove <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (or <computeroutput>/"
"opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, depending on your setup). If you have "
"enough diskspace, consider backing it up."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Recreate the chroot by running <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp</"
"computeroutput> as root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Of course you can also upgrade the chroot as usual."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Squeeze)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Squeeze-"
"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions "
"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.";
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze#\">Manual for Debian Edu Squeeze</"
"ulink> about how to upgrade to Squeeze from the previous release, Lenny, and "
"the Lenny manual covers the one before that! (Etch was it's name.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</"
"link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get "
"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos "
"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With the introduction of <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> in "
"Debian Edu Squeeze (previous versions used <computeroutput>etcinsvk</"
"computeroutput> which was removed from Debian), all files in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://";
"www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> as a version control system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as "
"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is "
"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration "
"history to be extracted and reviewed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</"
"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in "
"time, a command like <computeroutput>etcinsvk vcs diff </computeroutput> can "
"be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"etckeeper vcs log\n"
"etckeeper vcs status\n"
"etckeeper vcs diff\n"
"etckeeper vcs add .\n"
"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n"
"man etckeeper"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "etckeeper vcs log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "etckeeper vcs status"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Resizing Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</"
"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels "
"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are "
"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is "
"unmounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, "
"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</"
"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. "
"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one "
"very large one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> "
"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it "
"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</"
"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. "
"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according "
"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will "
"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument "
"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these "
"commands to extend the file systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in "
"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache "
"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be "
"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-"
"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this "
"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/"
"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as "
"its cache size."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Logical Volume Management"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\";>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30G, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and "
"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal "
"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) "
"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first "
"user):"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ sudo apt-get update\n"
" $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal iceweasel xorg\n"
" # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n"
" $ startx"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using ldapvi"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\";>ldapvi</ulink> is a "
"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "The following needs to be executed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the "
"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</"
"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get "
"a vi clone as editor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the "
"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be "
"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for "
"JXplorer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the "
"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, wich is installed by "
"default. To get write access connect like this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host: ldap.intern\n"
"port:636\n"
"Base dn:dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no \n"
"Security level: ssl + user + password\n"
"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access\n"
"\n"
"Click \"This session only\" if asked for the certificate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line "
"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly "
"useful for testing, though."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using stable-updates (formerly known as volatile)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since the Squeeze release, Debian has included packages formerly maintained "
"in volatile.debian.org in the 2011 created <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.";
"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates "
"are pushed into the stable suite regularily when stable point releases are "
"done, which roughly happens every two months."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using backports.debian.org to install newer software"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian "
"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all "
"backports available there.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Using backports is simple:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"echo \"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ wheezy-backports main\" >> /etc/apt "
"sources.list\n"
"apt-get update"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following "
"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install -t wheezy-backports tuxtype"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. "
"(Previously, extra configuration was needed to achieve this, but since 2011 "
"this [[<ulink url=\"http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-";
"backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is\"/> not needed anymore]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-"
"free."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Wheezy "
"7.1+edu0 to 7.3+edu1) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only "
"physical media, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Insert the CD / DVD / Blue-ray disc / USB flash drive, mount it and use the "
"apt-cdrom command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /media/cdrom\n"
"apt-cdrom add -m"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CDROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-"
"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as "
"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be "
"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-cd set must be inserted and "
"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get update\n"
"apt-get upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is is a perl script that gets rid of "
"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to "
"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job "
"once an hour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To install it run the following command as root:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install killer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package "
"which will install security (and other) updates automatically. If you plan "
"to use it, you should have some means to monitor your systems, such as "
"installing the <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> package and "
"configuring it to send you emails about updates. And there is always "
"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To install these packages run the following command as root:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client "
"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to "
"turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but "
"will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the "
"BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server "
"will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. "
"These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is "
"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, "
"and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to work "
"with LTSP thin clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all "
"clients do not start at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a "
"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a "
"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</"
"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, "
"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/"
"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname "
"(that is, the output from <computeroutput>'uname -n'</computeroutput> on the "
"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the "
"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</"
"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan "
"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers "
"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL "
"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches "
"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the "
"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/"
"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP "
"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a "
"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-"
"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</"
"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
" export PATH\n"
" sitesummary-nodes -w"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on "
"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-"
"utils</computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
" export PATH\n"
" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing "
"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set "
"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From "
"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH "
"tunnel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-"
"server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, "
"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a "
"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with "
"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu "
"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-"
"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the "
"history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto "
"and putting it under the GPL.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication";
"\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Advanced administration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Create Users in Year Groups"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home "
"directories for each group (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc.) We want to create "
"the users by csv import."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis>(as root on Tjener) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Make the necessary year group directories"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis>(as superuser in Gosa)</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Department"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The "
"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose "
"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2014) and Description fields "
"(students graduating in 2014), leave the Base field as is (should be '/"
"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2014) should show "
"up below /Students. Click it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Group"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name "
"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2014) and click the check box left "
"of 'Samba group'. 'Ok' to save it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Template"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. "
"An Entry <computeroutput>'NewStudent'</computeroutput> should show up, click "
"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to "
"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) "
"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic, POSIX and "
"Samba tabs, maybe take screenshots. Now change to /Students/2014 in the Base "
"field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, "
"first the Generic tab (add your new 2014 group under Group Membership, too), "
"then add POSIX and Samba account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Import users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users "
"recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Other User Customisations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home "
"directory and set access permissions and ownership."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n"
" permissions=\"2770\"\n"
" created_dir=0\n"
" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" #set the right owner and group\n"
" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
" user=$home\n"
" group=teachers\n"
" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already "
"exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
" done\n"
" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CDROMs/DVDs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CDROM into a (diskless) "
"workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like in "
"any other normal installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CDROM into a thin client there is "
"only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is "
"automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /media/"
"$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to have the default KDE \"Plasma\" file manager Dolphin "
"showing up if KDE \"Plasma\" (or LDXE, if installed in parallel to KDE "
"\"Plasma\") is in use as desktop environment. To configure this, simply "
"execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde "
"enable</computeroutput> on the terminal server. (When using GNOME, device "
"icons will be placed on the desktop allowing easy access)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink \"media"
"\" for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB drives, CDROM / "
"DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. This might come in "
"handy if users want to edit files directly on their plugged in media."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
" shared_folder=\"media\"\n"
" permissions=\"775\"\n"
" created_dir=0;\n"
" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already "
"exists.\\n\"\n"
" fi\n"
" done\n"
" echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable "
"media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, they "
"can even mount the removable devices and access the files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This is being tracked as <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux.";
"org/1376\">Debian Edu bug #1376</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Modifying the KDM login screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Customisations to the KDM login screen are made by adding a file in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> specifying variables to "
"override the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base</computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using KDE \"Plasma\", GNOME and LXDE together"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to use GNOME or LXDE instead of KDE \"Plasma\", follow the <link "
"linkend=\"Installation--The_installation_process\">installation "
"instructions</link>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To install other desktop environments after installation, simply use apt-get:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install gnome lxde"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Users will then be able to choose the desktop environment via the login "
"manager before logging in. The usage of LXDE as default on thin clients can "
"be forced; see <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for "
"details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The free software flash-player <computeroutput>gnash</computeroutput> is "
"installed by default, but switching to Adobe Flash is an option. To install "
"the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> Debian package from "
"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. This requires "
"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
"sources.list</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's "
"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can "
"use the packages from deb-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia repository (as "
"described in the following section) and install the required libraries:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To use www.deb-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securely:\n"
"apt-get install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the deb-multimedia key insecurely:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
"# check securely if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by APT "
"if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && "
"gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://deb-multimedia.org wheezy main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"apt-get update"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Handwriting fonts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The package <computeroutput>ttf-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed "
"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting "
"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and "
"with lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is "
"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\";>LTSP is the "
"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, "
"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine "
"boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or "
"PXE) without using a local client hard drive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot "
"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is "
"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but it runs on the diskless "
"workstation. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server "
"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing newer hardware "
"with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless "
"workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin "
"client. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations run without any need to "
"add them with GOsa², cause LDM is used to login and connect to the LTSP "
"server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The following steps can be used to get back the behaviour from Debian Edu "
"Squeeze:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add <computeroutput>DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/dm</computeroutput> to "
"lts.conf (or set this in LDAP). Make sure, that the display manager is "
"installed in the LTSP chroot."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add the diskless workstations to LDAP with GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network card requires a non-free "
"firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with "
"netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX."
"bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the initrd used by LTSP "
"clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "In this case execute the following commands on an LTSP server."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# First get information about firmware packages\n"
"apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n"
"\n"
"# Decide which package has to be installed for the network card(s). \n"
"# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree\n"
"# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture i386\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-get update\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 mkdir /tmp/user 2> /dev/null\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 mkdir /tmp/user/0 2> /dev/null\n"
"ltsp-chroot -d -a i386 apt-get -y -q install <package name>\n"
"\n"
"# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory\n"
"ltsp-update-kernels"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As a shorter alternative -- installing all available firmware and updating "
"the tftpboot directory -- you could execute:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client kernel</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In order to support older hardware the package <computeroutput>linux-"
"image-486</computeroutput> is installed by default. If all LTSP client "
"machines support the 686 processor architecture the <computeroutput>linux-"
"image-686</computeroutput> package could be installed in the chroot. Make "
"sure to execute <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> after "
"installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP client type selection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Each LTSP server has two ethernet cards: one configured in the main "
"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another "
"forming a local 192.168.0.0/24 subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet "
"for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could be "
"started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in the "
"separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if the "
"amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client subnet "
"should run as thin clients, the following has to be done."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an editor\n"
"and replace the line\n"
"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n"
"with\n"
"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False quiet\"\n"
"(2)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Configuring the PXE menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE configuration is generated using the script <computeroutput>debian-"
"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows some settings to be overridden "
"by adding a file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
"computeroutput> with replacement values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Configuring the PXE installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE "
"boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</computeroutput> can be "
"created with content similar to this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired "
"password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror "
"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the "
"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon "
"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, "
"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</"
"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf "
"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. "
"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To "
"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-"
"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-"
"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional "
"debconf values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/"
"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#add the skole projects local repository\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian "
"stable main contrib non-free\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc";
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
"computeroutput> once."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Changing the PXE menu on a combined (main and LTSP) server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and other "
"alternatives. The file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/"
"default</computeroutput> is used by default if no other file in that "
"directory matches the client, and out of the box it is set to link to "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting the "
"full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg "
"/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink like "
"this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg "
"/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"See also the PXELINUX documentation at <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor.";
"com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Separate main and LTSP server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up a "
"separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8) "
"network, when tjener is not a combined server, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"copy the <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> directory from "
"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> on ltspserver00 to the "
"same directory on tjener."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"copy <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
"computeroutput> to the same directory on tjener."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"edit <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
"computeroutput> to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following example "
"uses 10.0.2.10 for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main network:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DEFAULT ltsp/i386/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/i386/initrd.img "
"nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/i386 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro quiet "
"ipappend 2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"set the symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</"
"computeroutput> on tjener to point to <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/"
"debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As an alternative, you could use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, "
"search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Changing network settings"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the "
"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/"
"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is "
"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP "
"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian "
"Edu will not work. 192.168.1.0/24 is already set up as the thin client "
"network. Changing to this subnet will require manual editing of "
"configuration files to remove duplicate entries."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would "
"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main "
"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS "
"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require "
"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In "
"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To configure specific thin clients with particular features, you can add "
"settings in LDAP or edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
"conf</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"We recommend to configure clients in LDAP (and not edit <computeroutput>lts."
"conf</computeroutput> directly--however, configuration webforms for LTSP are "
"currently not available in GOsa², you have to use a plain LDAP browser/"
"explorer or <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>), as this makes it "
"possible to add and/or replace LTSP servers without loosing (or having to "
"redo) configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default values in LDAP are defined in the "
"<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</"
"computeroutput> LDAP object using the <computeroutput>ltspConfig</"
"computeroutput> attribute. One can also add host specific entries in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Install the package <computeroutput>ltsp-docs</computeroutput> and run \"man "
"lts.conf\" to have a look at available configuration options (see "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for "
"detailed information about LTSP)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The default values are defined under <computeroutput>[default]</"
"computeroutput>; to configure one client, specify it in terms of its MAC "
"address or IP address like this: <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To force usage of a specific xserver on an LTSP client, set the "
"<computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput> variable. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.11]\n"
"XSERVER = nvidia"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart the "
"client."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To use IP addresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> you need to "
"add the client MAC address to your DHCP server. Otherwise you should use the "
"client MAC address directly in your <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
"computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Force all thin clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure that LXDE is installed on the thin client server; then add a line "
"like this below <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> in \"lts.conf\":"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "LDM_SESSION=/usr/bin/startlxde"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note, that users will still be able to select other installed desktop "
"environments using the \"Settings\" feature of LDM."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Load-balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Part 1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several LTSP "
"servers for load-balancing. This is done by providing <computeroutput>/opt/"
"ltsp/i386/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> as a script printing one "
"or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each LTSP chroot "
"needs to include the SSH host key for each of the servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the load-balancing "
"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
"later on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The load-balancing server must be announced to the clients as the \"next-"
"server\" via DHCP. As DHCP configuration is in LDAP, modifications have to "
"be done there. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'</"
"computeroutput> to edit the appropriate entry in LDAP. (Enter the main "
"server's root password at the prompt; if VISUAL isn't set, the default "
"editor will be nano.) Search for a line reading "
"<computeroutput>dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-"
"server should be the IP address or hostname of the server you chose to be "
"the load-balancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. "
"Remember to restart the DHCP service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
"10.0.0.0 network; attach them to the backbone network instead of the network "
"attached to the LTSP server's second network card. This is because when you "
"use load-balancing, the clients need direct access to the server chosen by "
"LDM. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the "
"clients' traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen "
"LDM server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Part 2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
"host name, in random order."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Replace xxxx with either the IP addresses or hostnames of the servers as a "
"space-separated list. Then, put the following script in <computeroutput>/opt/"
"ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> on the server you chose to "
"be the load-balancing server."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/bash\n"
" # Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
" TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
" for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
" rank=$RANDOM\n"
" let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
" TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
" done\n"
" TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
" for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
" done\n"
" echo $SHUFFLED_LIST"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Part 3"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the SSH "
"host key for the LTSP chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
"the content of <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</"
"computeroutput> from all the LTSP servers that will be load-balanced. Save "
"this file as <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</"
"computeroutput> on all load-balanced servers. The last step is very "
"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
"and <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</computeroutput> is "
"included if it exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you save your new host file as <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/"
"ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput>, it will be erased when you reboot the "
"server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
"image from the same server, which causes high loads on the server if many "
"clients are booted at the same time. Also, the clients require that server "
"to be always available; without it they cannot boot or get an LDM server. "
"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Your clients should now be load-balanced!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP thin clients support three different audio systems for applications: "
"ESD, PulseAudio and ALSA. ESD and PulseAudio support networked audio and "
"are used to pass audio from the server to the clients. ALSA is configured "
"to redirect its sound via PulseAudio. For selected applications only "
"supporting the OSS audio system, a wrapper is created by <computeroutput>/"
"usr/sbin/debian-edu-ltsp-audiodivert</computeroutput> to redirect their "
"sound to PulseAudio. Run this script without arguments to get a list of "
"applications with such redirection enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally and have none of the special "
"setup needed for networked audio."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more, ie it "
"also prevents daemons from being started\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"aptitude upgrade\n"
"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
"exit"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installing additional software in the LTSP environment"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the "
"installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386\n"
"## optionally, edit the sources.list:\n"
"#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"aptitude update\n"
"aptitude install $new_package\n"
"exit"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Slow login and security"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network "
"preventing unauthorised superuser access, password sniffing, and other "
"tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measure is "
"secure login using SSH, which is the default with LDM. This can slow down "
"some client machines which are more than about ten years old, with as little "
"as a 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Although it's not recommended, you can "
"add the value \"True\" in the <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</"
"computeroutput> file on the server:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "LDM_DIRECTX=True"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: The above protects initial "
"login, but all activities after that use unencrypted networked X. Passwords "
"(except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the network, as well "
"as anything else."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note: Since such ten-year-old thin clients may also have trouble running "
"never versions of LibreOffice and Firefox/Iceweasel due to pixmap caching "
"issues, you may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or "
"upgrade the hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to "
"use them as diskless workstations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since version 3.0 Skolelinux has been running LDM as its login manager, "
"which uses a secure SSH tunnel to log in. Switching to KDM also requires a "
"switch to XDMCP, which uses lower CPU resources on the clients and on the "
"server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. "
"Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything "
"else."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs</computeroutput> will stop "
"working without LDM."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "X -query ltspserverXX"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, run this command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "X -query 192.168.0.254"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client contact the xdmcp-server on "
"192.168.0.254 (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If XDMCP is not accessible on your server which runs KDM, add the following "
"to <computeroutput>/etc/kde4/kdm/Xaccess</computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "* # any host can get a login window"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important; the rest is a comment, of "
"course"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Then turn on XDMCP in KDM with the command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde4/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Finally, restart KDM by running:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo service kdm restart"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Joining a domain"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
"enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also "
"authenticates the users during the login."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in the "
"<link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Wheezy Samba Howto</link>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could take "
"some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local cache "
"in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on tjener instead) "
"and save files into the H: volume rather than under \"My Documents\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user group you add through "
"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
"available in Windows, e.g. for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group-"
"aware."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
" comment=\"All students in the school\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"FIXME: it would be even better to first/also explain user groups for Windows "
"with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP laptops from home can still connect to tjener "
"using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
"SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the Windows firewall before "
"tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever it's called now)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments which include desktop items "
"and settings. Examples include personal files, desktop icons and menus, "
"screen colours, mouse settings, window size and position, application "
"configurations, and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are "
"available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make Windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problem is that users save their files on the Windows "
"desktop or in the \"My Documents\" folder instead of in their home "
"directory. Also, some badly designed programs use the profile to store data "
"and as scratch space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis>The educational approach</emphasis>: one way to deal with "
"overlarge profiles is to explain the situation to the users. Tell them not "
"to store huge files on the desktop, and if they fail to listen, it's their "
"own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Tweaking the profile</emphasis>: a different approach to dealing "
"with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts "
"to regular file storage. This moves the workload from the users to the "
"administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Example smb.conf files for roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You should hopefully find an example smb.conf in your preferred language "
"delivered by the installation on tjener under <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"debian-edu-config/examples/</computeroutput>. The source file is in English "
"and is called <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</computeroutput>; "
"look for a file with the appropriate code in the filename (the German "
"translation, for example, will be named <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-"
"de.conf</computeroutput>). Inside the config file are a lot of explanations "
"which you should have a look at."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Machine policies for roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run <computeroutput>gpedit."
"msc</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Under the selection \"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates"
"\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> \"Exclude directories in "
"roaming profile\", you can enter a semicolon-separated list of directories "
"to exclude from the profile. The directories are internationalised and must "
"be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Examples of "
"directories to exclude are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> to "
"all other Windows machines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your Windows OS deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Global policies for roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By using the legacy Windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</"
"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) and put it "
"in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working almost "
"instantly on all Windows machines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For some time, the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
"the Microsoft web site, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"With <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you can create .pol files. "
"If you put such a file on tjener as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/"
"NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput> it will automatically be read by Windows "
"machines and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying the changes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To make sensible use of <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you "
"also need to download appropriate .adm files for your operating system and "
"applications; otherwise you cannot define many settings in "
"<computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Be aware that the new group policy tools, <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</"
"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</computeroutput>, cannot "
"create .pol files; they either only work for the local machine or need an "
"Active Directory server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you understand German, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a "
"very good web site on this topic."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Use the menu \"Edit menu\" -> \"New\" -> \"String Value\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon-separated list of paths to exclude (in the same way as for "
"a machine policy)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file. Mark a "
"selection, right-click, and select \"Export\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread "
"it to other machines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/";
"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/";
"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Redirecting profile directories"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing directories from the profile is not enough. You may "
"find that users lose files because they mistakenly save things into \"My "
"Documents\" when this is not saved in the profiles. You may also want to "
"redirect the directories used by some badly programmed applications to "
"normal network shares."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Redirecting using machine policies"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All the instructions given above about machine policies apply here too. You "
"can use <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> to edit the policy and "
"copy it to all machines. The redirection should be available under \"User "
"Configuration\" -> \"Windows Settings\" -> \"Folder Redirection\". "
"Directories that it can be useful to redirect include \"Desktop\" and \"My "
"Documents\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the synchronised folders list. If you do "
"not want this, you should disable it via one of the following routes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"\"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network\" -"
"> \"Offline Files\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"\"Computer Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network"
"\" -> \"Offline Files\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Redirecting using global policies"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows machines "
"in the skolelinux network"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Disabling roaming using a local policy"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using local policies, you can disable the roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines - for instance on "
"dedicated machines, or machines that have lower than usual bandwith."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can use the machine policy method describe above; the key is in "
"\"Administrative Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> "
"\"Only allow local profiles\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Disabling roaming using global policies"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid "FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Disabling roaming in smb.conf"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If, perhaps, everyone has their own dedicated machine, and nobody else is "
"allowed to touch it, editing the Samba configuration will let you disable "
"roaming profiles for the entire network. You can alter the "
"<computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput> file on tjener, unsetting the "
"\"logon path\" and \"logon home\" variables, then restart samba."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
"logon home = \"\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Remote Desktop"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Remote Desktop Service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Beginning with this release, choosing the thin client server profile or the "
"combined server profile installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote "
"Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft "
"Windows users can connect to the thin client server running xrdp without "
"installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop "
"Connection on their Windows machine and connect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
"or Linux."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is "
"captable of RDP and VNC."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative "
"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
"provided NX support to all students since 2005. They report that the "
"solution is stable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\";>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation";
"\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Samba in Debian Edu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Samba (v3) in Debian Edu Wheezy has been fully prepared for use as an NT4-"
"style domain controller with Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 as "
"clients. After a machine has joined the domain, this machine can be fully "
"managed with GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main "
"server and maybe also a Debian Edu workstation to verify that working under "
"Debian Edu/Skolelinux works for you. We presume that you have already "
"created some users that can flawlessly use the Debian Edu workstation. We "
"also presume that you have a Windows XP/Vista/7 workstation at hand, so you "
"can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows machine."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\\\TJENER "
"should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian Edu's "
"Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux system with "
"smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "START -> Run command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share on \\"
"\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for printing under "
"Unix/Linux (CUPS queues)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Accessing files via Samba"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² should "
"be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<"
"username> and access their home directories with Windows machines "
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the Windows SKOLELINUX "
"domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication "
"dialog window that appears"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in "
"your Debian Edu home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; further "
"share examples for students and teachers can be found in <computeroutput>/"
"etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your Debian Edu main "
"server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Domain Membership"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows "
"workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian Edu "
"main server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\\Administrator "
"account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current main "
"purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To enable this "
"account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during main server "
"installation) and run this command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The password of SKOLELINUX\\Administrator has been preconfigured during the "
"main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when "
"authenticating as SKOLELINUX\\Administrator."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the "
"SKOLELINUX\\Administrator account again:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Windows hostname"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the "
"SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS "
"host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and cannot "
"be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this machine)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows XP"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Joining Windows XP machines (tested with Service Pack 3) works out of the "
"box."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"NOTE: Windows XP Home does not support domain membership; Windows XP "
"Professional is required here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"log on to the Windows XP machine as Administrator (or any other account with "
"Administrator privileges)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"click on \"Start\" then right-click on \"Computer\" and click on \"Properties"
"\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "select tab \"Computer Name\" and click on \"Change...\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"under \"Member of\", select the radio button beside \"Domain:\", type "
"SKOLELINUX and then click \"OK\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"a pop up box will request to enter credentials of an account with rights to "
"join the domain. Type username SKOLELINUX\\Administrator and the root "
"password, click \"OK\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"a confirmation pop up box will welcome you to the SKOLELINUX domain. "
"Clicking on \"OK\", will result in having another message informing that a "
"reboot for the machine is required to apply the changes. Click on \"OK\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After the reboot, when you login the first time, click on the \"Options >"
">\" button and select the domain SKOLELINUX instead of the local domain "
"(\"this computer\")"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If joining the domain has been successful you should then be able to view "
"the host details within GOsa² (under the menu section \"Systems\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Joining Windows Vista/7 machines to the SKOLELINUX domain requires the "
"installation of a registry patch on the Windows Vista/7 client. This patch "
"is provided at this location:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember."
"reg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"For further information please consult the included README_Win7-Domain-"
"Membership.txt in the same folder. Make sure you apply this patch as a local "
"Administrator of the Windows system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After applying the above patch and rebooting the client system you should be "
"able to join the SKOLELINUX domain:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"the basic system information page will open. Under \"Computer name, domain, "
"and workgroup settings\", click on \"Change Settings\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "on the System Properties page, click on \"Change...\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "First Domain Logon"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user "
"profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has "
"joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are run:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that "
"with Mozilla Firefox on Windows"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens Windows "
"Explorer on double-click"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, please "
"refer to the <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> folder on "
"your Debian Edu main server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"All the Debian packages on this page can be installed by running either "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install <package></computeroutput> or "
"<computeroutput>apt-get install <package></computeroutput> (as root)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\";>Moodle</ulink> is a "
"free, Open Source course management system - software designed using sound "
"pedagogical principles to help educators create effective online learning "
"communities. You can download and use it on any computer (including "
"webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with "
"200,000 students. Some schools in France use Moodle to keep track of "
"students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\";>moodle sites</ulink> all "
"over the world, mostly concentrated in Europe and North America. Check the "
"site of an <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\";>institution</ulink> near "
"you to get an idea about it. More information is available at the <ulink url="
"\"http://moodle.org\";>moodle project page,</ulink> including <ulink url="
"\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/Main_Page\";>documentation</ulink> and <ulink url="
"\"http://moodle.org/support/\";>support</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Teaching Prolog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\";>SWI-Prolog</"
"ulink> is an open source implementation of the programming language Prolog, "
"commonly used for teaching and semantic web applications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/";
"stable/controlaula#\">Controlaula</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://packages.";
"debian.org/stable/italc-master#\">iTALC</ulink> to supervise their "
"students. See also the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/";
"italc/index.php?title=Main_Page\">iTALC Wiki</ulink> (and the documentation "
"in bug <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/511387#\";>511387</ulink>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status "
"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in "
"your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Restricting pupils' network access"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some schools use <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#";
"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/";
"dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Smart-Board integration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Some schools use the products of <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com";
"\">Smarttech</ulink> for their teaching. You need a workstation with drivers "
"and software for this, Smarttech has published some working non-free "
"Software in a Debian Repository as a download. A local copy of this "
"repository needs to be put inside the school network, so that the smartboard "
"software could be installed on our machines. So teachers and pupils can "
"prepare for class on every computer:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Providing the repository on tjener"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Download the repository as a tar.gz file from <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.";
"com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook"
"+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for"
"+Linux\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school network's "
"webroot (by default located on tjener):\n"
"root@tjener:~# \n"
"mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"# change into the new directory\n"
"root@tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
"# extract the file\n"
"root@tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
"install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-free\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n"
"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n";
"d-i pkgsel/include string smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,sma"
"rt-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Update the preseed file:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"After this, new installations via PXE will have the <ulink url=\"https://";
"wiki.debian.org/SmartBoard#\">SmartBoard</ulink> software installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "The following instructions are for updating LTSP chroots."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using an editor add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
"list</computeroutput> in the chroot:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"### SMART Repo\n"
"deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Start the editor like this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid "Add the repository key and install the software:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n";
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n"
"# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n"
"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install smart-activation,smart-common,smart-galle"
"rysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-prod"
"uct-drivers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors if they are "
"happy with moving them and putting them under the GPL - see the page "
"histories to find them.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "HowTos for users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Changing passwords"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just "
"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), "
"LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and sambaLMPassword) "
"passwords are the same."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Changing passwords using PAM is working (ie at the KDM/GDM login prompt), "
"but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² "
"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you "
"really should also change it using GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Java"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "running standalone Java applications"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK "
"Java runtime."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Running Java applications in the web browser"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Running Java applets in the browser are supported out of the box by the "
"OpenJDK Java runtime."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Using email"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network. To allow "
"mail outside the internal network, the adminstrator needs to configure the "
"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local "
"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Every user who wants to use KMail needs to configure it as follows."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Start KMail, click \"Next\" in the Account Wizard, select "
"<computeroutput>IMAP</computeroutput> as account type, click \"Next\". Enter "
"real name and e-mail address <computeroutput>username@postoffice.intern</"
"computeroutput>, click \"Next\". Check if the username is correct, don't "
"enter the password, click \"Next\". (Kerberos provides single sign on "
"concerning SMTP and IMAP, so you don't have to enter your password.) Enter "
"<computeroutput>postoffice.intern</computeroutput> twice as server name, "
"click \"Finish\". Close the tip of the day. Click \"Settings\" in the KMail "
"menu, select \"Configure KMail...\", then click on \"Accounts\". Click "
"\"Modify...\", then \"Continue\" to accept the certificate problem and "
"\"Forever\", \"OK\", \"Apply\" and once more \"OK\". That's it!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Now send a test email to yourself. (This will create the IMAP folders on the "
"server.) Wait a little bit, then click \"Check Mail\" in the KMail menu. "
"There should be your recently sent email in the inbox below of \"intern\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by "
"default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. Enter "
"your password and the ticket will be granted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Volume control"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On thin clients, <computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput> or "
"<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> (but not <computeroutput>kmix</"
"computeroutput>) can be used to change audio volume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"On other machines (workstations, LTSP servers, and diskless workstations), "
"<computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>alsamixer</"
"computeroutput> can be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/worldmap.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ""
"http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&image=worldmap.";
"png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
"where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know about "
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\";>use "
"this web form</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of "
"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users "
"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and "
"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"http://wiki.";
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu";
"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, "
"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and "
"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\";>New "
"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/";
"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/";
"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
"sharing your knowledge with us."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/";
"Wheezy/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to "
"edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/";
"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document "
"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</"
"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this "
"book!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-";
"discuss\"/> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\"/";
"> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/";
"linuxiskolen\"/> - mailing list for the development member organisation in "
"Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\"/> - support "
"mailing list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing "
"list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\"/> - Spanish portal"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "New features in Debian Edu Wheezy"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"New features for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "User visible changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during "
"installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Installation changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <ulink url=\"http://";
"www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The DVD image was dropped, instead we added a USB flash drive / Blue-ray "
"disc image, which behaves like the DVD image, but is too big to fit on a DVD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Software updates"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Wheezy 7.1, eg:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel 3.2.x"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, and LXDE "
"0.5.5 (KDE \"Plasma\" is installed by default; to choose GNOME, Xfce or "
"LXDE: see manual.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 17 ESR"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LibreOffice 3.5.4"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LTSP 5.4.2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "GOsa 2.7.4"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "CUPS print system 1.5.3"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 12.01"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 12.04"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.8.2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Scratch visual programming environment 1.4.0.6"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Debian Wheezy includes about 37000 packages available for installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More information about Debian Wheezy 7.1 is provided in the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\";>release notes</ulink> "
"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual";
"\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Documentation and translation updates"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates "
"are now available in 29 languages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian "
"and Danish. Partly translated versions exist for Norwegian Bokmal and "
"Spanish."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "LDAP related changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Slight changes to some objects and acls to have more types to choose from "
"when adding systems in GOsa. Now systems can be of type server, workstation, "
"printer, terminal or netdevice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Other changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "New Xfce desktop task."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"On the dedicated client network of thin client servers (default "
"192.168.0.0/24), machines run by default as diskless workstations if they "
"are powerful enough."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa gui: Now some options that seemed to be available, but are non "
"functional, are greyed out (or are not clickable). Some tabs are completely "
"hidden to the end user, others even to the GOsa admin."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Known issues"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Using KDE \"Plasma\" on standalone and roaming workstations, at least "
"Konqueror, Chromium and Step sometimes fail to work out-of-the box when the "
"machines are used outside the backbone network, proxy use is required to use "
"the other network but no wpad.dat information is found. Workaround: Use "
"Iceweasel or configure the proxy manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009, "
"2010, 2011, 2012, 2013), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, "
"2008, 2009, 2010, 2012), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen "
"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, "
"2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian "
"(2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), "
"Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013) and Bernhard Hammes (2012) and is released "
"under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! "
"Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), "
"Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012) and Norman Garcia (2010, 2012, 2013) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007), Håvard "
"Korsvoll (2007, 2008), Tore Skogly (2008), Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010) and "
"Jan Roar Rød (2010) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
"2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011), Ludger Sicking (2008, 2010), "
"Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska Teichert (2009), Philipp "
"Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) and Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, "
"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
"version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008), Olivier "
"Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013), Jean-Paul Guilloneau (2012), "
"David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012) and the French l10n team (2009, "
"2010, 2012) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"The Danish translation is copyrighted by Joe Hansen (2012, 2013) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid ""
"Versions of this document fully translated into German, Italian, French and "
"Danish are available. Incomplete translations exist for Norwegian Bokmål and "
"Spanish. This is an <ulink url=\"http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-";
"doc/\">online overview of all languages</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in "
"PO files. More information about the process can be found in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-wheezy-"
"manual-translations</computeroutput>. The Git repository (see below) "
"contains this file too. Take a look there and at the <ulink url=\"https://";
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Contribute/Translation/Conventions#\">language "
"specific conventions</ulink> if you want to help translating this document."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. If your Alioth username differs "
"from your local one, create or edit <computeroutput>~/.ssh/config</"
"computeroutput>. There should be an entry like:"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Host git.debian.org\n"
"User <your-alioth-username>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Then check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
"using ssh access: <computeroutput>git clone git+ssh://git.debian.org/git/"
"debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you only want to translate, you just need to check out some files from "
"from Git (which can be done anonymously) and create patches. Please file a "
"bug against the debian-edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc\";>bugreport</ulink>. You can "
"find some <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org\";>instructions on how to "
"submit bugs</ulink> here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You can check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
"<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>git clone git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc."
"git</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Then edit the file <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-wheezy/debian-"
"edu-wheezy-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (replacing $CC with your language "
"code). There are many tools for translating available; we suggest using "
"<computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the bugreport."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-wheezy-manual-"
"translations to find information how to create a new PO file for your "
"language if there isn't one yet, and how to update translations."
msgstr ""
#. <remark>
#. status ignore</remark>
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't "
"translate any string which contains \" FIXME\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Basic information about Alioth (the host where our Git repository is "
"located) and Git is available at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/Alioth/";
"Git\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If you are new to Git, look at the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm.com/book";
"\">Pro Git</ulink> book; it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm.";
"com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository\">recording "
"changes to the repository</ulink>. Also you might want to look at the "
"<computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> package that provides a GUI for Git."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License"
msgstr ""
#. type: CDATA
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename \"Wheezy\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-";
"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link "
"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of "
"copyright owners."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
"any later version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for "
"more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
"allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
"Program does."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
"the Program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
"any change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. "
"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
"print an announcement.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
"distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same "
"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
"based on the Program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
"License."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
"also do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
"software interchange; or,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
"installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source "
"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
"component itself accompanies the executable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
"the object code."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
"this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
"or works based on it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
"the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any "
"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
"this License."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you "
"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license "
"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
"distribution of the Program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
"practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
"among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates "
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
"to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of "
"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
"Foundation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
"generally."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
"PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Wheezy yet"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Wheezy are not available at the moment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the "
"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired "
"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url=\"http://wiki.";
"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\">is available from the live CD build script "
"documentation</ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by "
"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The "
"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "There are no wheezy images yet"
msgstr ""
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
msgid "./images/sad.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
msgid ":("
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and would be (but currently isn't) available via <ulink "
"url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-wheezy-live/\";>FTP</ulink>, <ulink url="
"\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-wheezy-live/\";>HTTP</ulink> or rsync from "
"<computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> under <computeroutput>cd-"
"wheezy-live/</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"Changes for Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2013-03-03"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" is an incremental update to Debian "
"Edu 6.0.4+r0, containing all the changes between Debian 6.0.4 and 6.0.7 as "
"well as the following changes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "sitesummary was updated from 0.1.3 to 0.1.8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Make Nagios configuration more robust and efficient"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Comply with 3.X kernel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "debian-edu-doc from 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 to 1.4~20130228~6.0.7+r1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Minor updates from the wiki"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Danish translation now complete"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "debian-edu-config from 1.453 to 1.455"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fix /etc/hosts for LTSP diskless workstations. Closes: #699880"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Make ltsp_local_mount script work for multiple devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Correct Kerberos user policy: don't expire password after 2 days. Closes: "
"#664596"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Handle '#' characters in the root or first users password. Closes: #664976"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fixes for gosa-sync:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Don't fail if password contains \""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Don't disclose new password string in syslog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fixes for gosa-create:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Invalidate libnss cache before applying changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Multiple failures during mass user import into GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"gosa-netgroups plugin: don't erase entries of attribute type "
"\"memberNisNetgroup\". Closes: #687256"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "First user now uses the same Kerberos policy as all other users"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Add Danish web page"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "debian-edu-install from 1.528 to 1.530"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improve preseeding support and documentation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"New features for Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\" released 2012-03-11"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Replace LWAT with GOsa² as the LDAP administration interface. See below and "
"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/";
"GettingStarted#\">Getting started chapter</ulink> of the manual for more "
"information on GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "See below for a list of updated software."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Show welcome page to users when they first log in. This default start page "
"for Iceweasel is fetched from LDAP at installation and boot time for "
"networked profiles. Set to <ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org/\"/> for "
"Standalone installations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New LXDE desktop option, in addition to KDE (default) and GNOME. As the "
"GNOME option, the LXDE desktop option is only supported by the CD "
"installation method."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Speed up LTSP client boot."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Provide a KDE menu entry for changing the password in GOsa²."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For more information on how to change passwords (including expired passwords "
"at the KDM/GDM login prompt), please see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.";
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Users#\">HowTos for users</"
"ulink> chapter of the manual."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add link to <ulink url=\"http://linuxsignpost.org/\"/> on the start page "
"shown to new users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"All LTSP servers are also <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/";
"Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients#Remote_Desktop_Service\">RDP "
"servers</ulink> by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Improve handing of removable media on thin clients. Show desktop "
"notification longer when inserting new media and provide an option to start "
"dolphin when such media is inserted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New version of debian-installer from Debian Squeeze, see <ulink url=\"http://";
"www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Since root logins are no longer allowed when using gdm/kdm, a user in LDAP "
"is set up during installation of the Main Server. This user is up as GOsa² "
"administrator and is also granted sudo access. The Debian Edu menu "
"reordering has been enabled as well, by adding the user also to the "
"<computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images can directly be copied onto "
"USB flash drives, for example by using <computeroutput>dd</computeroutput> "
"or even <computeroutput>cat</computeroutput>.."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "New roaming workstation profile for laptops."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Device access for all users is handled by <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.";
"org/PolicyKit#\">PolicyKit</ulink>, and no extra group memberships are "
"needed to get access to devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A warning will be issued when installing on too small disks for the selected "
"profile."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Simplify partitioning for Standalone installs to only have a separate /home/ "
"but no seperate /usr anymore."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More tests in the test suite, and correct some of the tests that failed "
"earlier."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Make sure to report an error and abort the installation when trying to use "
"the netinst images without a working Internet connection, instead of "
"silently installing a broken system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Squeeze:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"compatibility with the FHS v2.3 and software developed for version 3.2 of "
"the LSB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel 2.6.32"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.4 and GNOME 2.30"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "OpenOffice.org 3.2.1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 9.3"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 10.04.2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.6.10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.0"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.10.4"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian Squeeze includes over 10,000 new packages available for installation, "
"including the browser Chromium"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More information about Debian Squeeze 6.0 is provided in the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/releasenotes\";>release notes</"
"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/";
"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Infrastructural changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The 10.0.0.0/8 network is used instead of 10.0.2.0/23, and the default "
"gateway is 10.0.0.1/8, not 10.0.2.1/8 as used in the past."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP range was extended on the backbone network to around 4k IP "
"addresses, and around 200 IP addresses for the thin client network."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The DHCP network for 10.0.0.0/8 has been renamed from "
"<computeroutput>barebone</computeroutput> to <computeroutput>intern</"
"computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"There are no pre-defined host entries for client systems in DNS anymore "
"(staticXX, ..., dhcpYY...)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "MIT Kerberos5 used for user authentication, enabled for:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "PAM"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "IMAP"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "SMTP"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"NFSv4, but without added Kerberos privacy/integrity/authentication. The "
"machines still have to be added to the <computeroutput>workstation</"
"computeroutput> netgroup to be able to mount the home directories"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Full Samba NT4 domain support for Windows XP/Vista/7"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A complete PXE boot environment is setup when installing from the DVD, so "
"that further installations can be done using PXE network installs only. A "
"new script pxe-addfirmware is provided to support more hardware models "
"needing firmware."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Remove all hard coded settings on workstations, and configure workstations "
"and roaming workstations using settings detected from the environment using "
"DNS, DHCP and LDAP. See this <ulink url=\"http://people.skolelinux.org/pere/";
"blog/No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients.html\">blog post with more "
"information on the changes</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates "
"are now available in 28 languages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual has generally been cleaned up and improved. A "
"proof-read with corrections was done by a native English linguist."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual is fully translated to German, French and "
"Italian. Partly translated versions exist for Danish (new), Norwegian Bokmal "
"and Spanish."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improvements to many language tasks, especially French and Danish."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improvements to the welcome web page shown at first logins."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add new Japanese, Portuguese and Catalan translations of the welcome web "
"page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Regressions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/20100810061204.GD7929@login2.uio.no";
"\">CD and DVD installs are different</ulink> - the DVD is only suitable for "
"installing a KDE environemnt."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop support for <computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput> architecture from "
"netinst installation CDs. It is still possible to run Debian Edu on "
"<computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput>, but installation is less automated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop gtick in the default installation, because it doesn't work on thin "
"clients (BTS #566335)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "New administration tool: GOsa²"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"gosa (2.6.11-3+squeeze1~edu+1) from the upcoming 6.0.5 Debian point release, "
"with:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Fix DHCP host removal. Closes: #650258"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Backport user generator unicode character transliteration. Closes: #657086"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Customized GOsa² configuration to better suit the Debian Edu network "
"architecture."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"GOsa² updates DNS and NFS exports immediately when a system is updated in "
"LDAP, making diskless workstations work right after they are added to the "
"required netgroup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Provide script sitesummary2ldapdhcp to update or populate GOsa² with system "
"objects using information gathered by sitesummary, to make it easier to add "
"new computers to the network."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "More software changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 and interactive geometry tool Geogebra 3.2.42"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change default package manager from adept to synaptic, to avoid getting two "
"graphical package managers installed by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Install openoffice.org-kde by default ensure OOo uses KDE file dialogs in "
"KDE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change video player setup to install different players in KDE "
"(dragonplayer), GNOME (totem) and LXDE (totem)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add KDE tools freespacenotifier, kinfocenter, update-notifier-kde to the "
"default KDE installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Replace network-manager-kde with plasma-widget-networkmanagement in the "
"standalone KDE profile"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Install usb-modeswitch on laptops to handle dual mode USB devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add cifs-utils to the default installation to ensure SMB mounting can work "
"in any profile."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop octave, gpscorrelate, qlandkartegt, viking, starplot, kig, kseg, luma, "
"and valgrind from the default installation and the DVD to make room for "
"higher priority packages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Drop libnss-mdns from stationary profiles, to make sure DNS is the "
"authoritive source of host names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default as RDP "
"and VNC client. (Previously <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput> was "
"installed instead.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
msgid "Other LDAP related changes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Make the LDAP server handle more clients after increasing the server's file "
"descriptor limit from 1024 to 32768."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Add code to re-enable stopped CUPS queues every hour on the Main Server, and "
"flush all CUPS queues every night. Both can be disabled in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Provide network blocking / exam mode by default, controlled by LDAP. In "
"addition to network blocking, changes to the Squid proxy configuration is "
"needed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Enable automatic extending of full file systems on the Main Server by "
"default. This can be disabled in LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change SSL certificate name used by the LDAP server and adjust clients to "
"use the new name to be able to enable certificate checking on clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Switch PowerDNS to use strict LDAP mode, to allow us to simplify the LDAP "
"setup used for DNS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Simplify autofs LDAP rules to make sure they work with extra home directory "
"partitions exported from the main-server without any changes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Make backup system more robust in handling LDAP database dump and restart."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Root logins are denied for both KDM and GDM - see above and <ulink url="
"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted#";
"\">Getting started</ulink> for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Clients set up to shut down at night will stay up for at least an hour if "
"they are turned on manually between 16:00 and 07:00."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Additionally use local NTP clock on the main-server to ensure clients and "
"server sync clocks also when disconnected from the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Access to Debian repositories is always done via a proxy on the main server "
"- read more about the implementation details <ulink url=\"http://lists.";
"debian.org/20100704221022.GC30542@login1.uio.no\">using DHCP and WPAD</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The home0 partition is mounted nosuid, to increase security."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Change KDE/Akonadi configuration to reduce the disk footprint of every user "
"from 144 to 24 MiB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New tool notify-local-users to send desktop notification to all logged in "
"users on a machine. Useful for thin client servers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New in Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\" released 2010-10-05"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Everything that is new in Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/";
"News/2010/20100626\">5.0.5</ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/";
"News/2010/20100904\">5.0.6</ulink>, which includes support for some new "
"hardware. 5.0.5 and 5.0.6 are maintenance releases and generally don't add "
"new features"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Several bugfixes, including fixes for Skolelinux bugs #1436, #1427, #1441, "
"#1413, #1450 and Debian bugs #585966, #585772, #585968, #586035 and #585966 "
"plus several which were not filed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Merge new web pages from Squeeze - the text is the same, but it provides a "
"new translation for <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>, compete "
"translations for all included languages (<computeroutput>de</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>es</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>fr</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>it</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nb</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nl</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ru</"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>), and a rename of the "
"<computeroutput>.no</computeroutput> page to <computeroutput>.nb</"
"computeroutput> to reflect the language used"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian-edu-install: Slovak translation added, updates to German, Basque, "
"Italian, Bokmal, Vietnamese and Chinese translations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Debian-edu-doc: improvements to Italian, Bokmal and German translations as "
"well as overall content and layout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Sitesummary: various improvements; most notably, several Nagios checks were "
"added to monitor system health"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Shutdown-at-night: fix #1435 (did not work with the LDAP host groups "
"populated by lwat)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid ""
"New features in Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\" released 2010-02-08"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Everything that is new in Debian 5.0.4; see the <link linkend=\"AppendixC--"
"New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_is_based"
"\">following paragraph</link> for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"More than 80 applications relevant for education are included based on user "
"feedback and user statistics (through <ulink url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux.";
"org/\">Debian Edu popularity contest</ulink>). The full list of packages is "
"given in the <ulink url=\"http://blends.alioth.debian.org/edu/tasks/\";>task "
"overview page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Improved student desktop with educational software shortcuts to GCompris, "
"Kalzium, KGeography, KMplot, KStars, Stopmotion and OpenOffice Write and "
"Impress."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Dynamic desktop icons and menu options that adjust based on user group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"GNOME added as a supported desktop; see the <link linkend=\"Installation"
"\">Installation chapter</link> to learn how to install with GNOME instead of "
"KDE as desktop."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Support for more than 50 languages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improved system for user administration and machine identification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Improved diskless and thin client setup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New startup menu letting users choose diskless workstation, thin client or "
"workstation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"A diskless workstation option is installed but not activated by default on "
"all servers with the thin-client-server profile."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Main-server is set up as a PXE server for booting thin clients and diskless "
"workstations, and for installing to clients' hard or flash drives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The configuration for DNS and DHCP is stored in LDAP and can be edited using "
"<computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. The DNS server has been switched from "
"<computeroutput>bind9</computeroutput> to <computeroutput>powerdns</"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"LDAP server for directory services (NSS) is located using a SRV record in "
"DNS instead of hardcoding the 'ldap' DNS name. LDAP server for password "
"checks (PAM) is still using the hardcoded 'ldap' DNS name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Multi-architecture (amd64/i386/powerpc) net installer CD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "(Most) Packages are downloaded over the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Multi-architecture (amd64/i386) installer DVD capable of installing without "
"network."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"PulseAudio is provided in addition to ALSA and OSS for sound on workstations "
"and diskless workstation machines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Barebone</emphasis> profile has been renamed to "
"<emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>, to better reflect what it is."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "The Nagios3 configuration is now automatically created by sitesummary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"The per-user file <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors</computeroutput> is now "
"truncated automatically when the user logs in to avoid filling up the home "
"directory partition with a log that grows indefinitely. The user can "
"disable this by creating <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors-enable</"
"computeroutput>. The system administrator can configure the system to "
"redirect the file to /dev/null by editing <computeroutput>/etc/X11/Xsession."
"d/05debian-edu-truncate-xerrorlog</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"To ease installation of Debian Edu on hardware needing non-free firmware, "
"the CD and DVD include the following firmware packages: firmware-bnx2, "
"firmware-bnx2x, firmware-ipw2x00, firmware-iwlwifi, firmware-qlogic and "
"firmware-ralink."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in Debian 5.0.4 upon which Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 is based"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "New Linux kernel 2.6.26 supports more hardware"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"With this release, Debian GNU/Linux updates from X.Org 7.1 to X.Org 7.3 "
"(which includes support of newer hardware) and now includes the desktop "
"environments KDE 3.5.10 and GNOME 2.22. Updates of other desktop "
"applications include Iceweasel (version 3.0.6, which is the unbranded "
"Firefox web browser) and Icedove (version 2.0.0.19, which is the unbranded "
"Thunderbird mail client) as well as upgrades to Evolution 2.22.3, <ulink url="
"\"https://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\";>OpenOffice</ulink>.org 2.4.1, and "
"Pidgin 2.4.3 (formerly known as Gaim). SWI-prolog is back."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Installation from CD/DVD from within Windows"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Switched from sysklogd to rsyslog as the syslog collector."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"For more information see the page <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/";
"NewInLenny\">New in Lenny</ulink> on wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "File systems can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Support for automatically extending file systems based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
"subarchitecture)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
"administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>, which "
"doesn't has the same functionality as <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>, "
"the old user administration tool. But <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput> "
"requires <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of Etch, but was part of Sarge. The "
"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/";
"TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn</ulink> Chapter describes how to "
"install swi-prolog on Etch."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
msgid "More information on even older releases"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
msgid ""
"More information on even older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://";
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
msgstr ""
Attachment:
pgp8cSKzwAz9X.pgp
Description: PGP signature